Accuray Annual Report 2019

← All annual reports

FY2019 Annual Report · Accuray

Loading PDF…

2018 Annual Report

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
(cid:3)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018
or

(cid:4)

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number 001-33301
ACCURAY INCORPORATED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or organization)

20-8370041
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

1310 Chesapeake Terrace
Sunnyvale, California 94089
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
Registrants’ telephone number, including area code: (408) 716-4600

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, $.001 par value per share

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:3) No (cid:4)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes (cid:3) No (cid:4)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:4) No (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter
period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes (cid:4) No (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to

the best of the Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or

an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer

(cid:4)

Accelerated filer

(cid:3)

Non-accelerated filer
(Do not check if a smaller reporting
company)

(cid:4) Smaller reporting company (cid:4)
Emerging growth company (cid:4)

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any

new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes (cid:3) No (cid:4)
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant based on the last sale price for such stock on
December 31, 2017, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was: $246,956,445. Shares of the registrant’s
common stock held by each executive officer, director and 5% stockholder have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This
determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

As of August 15, 2018, the number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.001 par value, was 86,488,060.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2018 Annual Meeting of stockholders (the “2018 Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference

in Part III of this Form 10-K.

ACCURAY INCORPORATED

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2018

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1. Business ..............................................................................................................................................
Item 1A. Risk Factors.........................................................................................................................................
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments ...............................................................................................................
Properties.............................................................................................................................................
Item 2.
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings ...............................................................................................................................
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures .....................................................................................................................

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of

Equity Securities .................................................................................................................................
Selected Financial Data.......................................................................................................................
Item 6.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .............
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk .............................................................
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data...................................................................................
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.............
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures .....................................................................................................................
Item 9B. Other Information................................................................................................................................

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance .................................................................
Item 11. Executive Compensation ....................................................................................................................
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder

Matters ................................................................................................................................................
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ...................................
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services .............................................................................................

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ......................................................................................
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary ..........................................................................................................................
Signatures............................................................................................................................................

PART IV

Page No.

4
26
56
56
56
56
57

57
59
60
76
77
117
117
117

119
119

119
119
119

120
126
127

We own or have rights to various trademarks and tradenames used in our business in the United States or other
countries, including the following: Accuray®, Accuray Logo®, CyberKnife®, Hi-Art®, RayStation®, RoboCouch®,
Synchrony®, TomoTherapy®, Xsight®, Accuray Precision®, AutoSegmentation™, CTrue™, H™ Series, iDMS®
InCise™, Iris™, M6™ Series, OIS Connect™, PlanTouch®, PreciseART®, PreciseRTX®, Treatment Planning
System™, QuickPlan®, TomoDirect™, TomoEdge™, TomoH®, TomoHD®, TomoHDA™, TomoHelical™, Tomo
Quality Assurance™, Radixact®, Onrad ™, StatRT™, and VoLO™. ImagingRing® is a registered trademark
belonging to medPhoton GmbH. RayStation® is a registered trademark belonging to RaySearch Laboratories, AB.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including,
but not limited to, statements regarding future revenues and expenses, including research and development, sales
and marketing, and general and administrative expense; our sales, distribution and marketing efforts;
reimbursement rates and its effects on our business; regulatory requirements, including our compliance with
applicable regulations; future orders; the radiation therapy market; our strategy; our products, including its
benefits to patients and physicians; our suppliers and manufacturing facilities; our intellectual property rights; the
expected impact of changes in laws and regulations, including regulatory and tax laws; our expectations regarding
litigation matters; our expectations regarding future capital requirements; our earnings or other financial results;
and other statements using words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “can,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,”
“forecasts,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “projects,” “seek,” “should,” “will” and “would,” and words of similar
import and the negatives thereof. Accuray Incorporated (“we,” “our,” or the “Company”) has based these
forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial
trends affecting the financial condition of our business. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks,
uncertainties and other important factors that could cause actual results and the timing of certain events to differ
materially from future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking
statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate
indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Factors that could contribute
to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed under “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this
report. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are
subject to business and economic risks. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking
statements to reflect any event or circumstance that arises after the date of this report except as required by
applicable law.

Item 1. BUSINESS

The Company

PART I

Accuray Incorporated is a radiation oncology company that develops, manufactures, sells and supports precise,
innovative treatment solutions which set the standard of radiation therapy care with the aim of helping patients live
longer, better lives. Our innovative technologies, the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems, including the Radixact
System, our next generation TomoTherapy platform, are designed to deliver advanced treatments, including
stereotactic radiosurgery (SRS), stereotactic body radiation therapy (SBRT), intensity modulated radiation therapy
(IMRT), image guided radiation therapy (IGRT), and adaptive radiation therapy. The CyberKnife Systems, the
TomoTherapy Systems, and the Radixact System have complementary clinical applications, enabling customers to
deliver the most precise treatments while minimizing side effects and maximizing patient comfort and care. Each of
these systems serves patient populations treated by the same medical specialty, radiation oncology, with advanced
capabilities.

The CyberKnife Systems are the only fully robotic systems that deliver SRS and SBRT, and are used to treat
multiple types of cancer and tumors throughout the body. The CyberKnife Systems automatically track, detect and
correct for tumor and patient movement in real-time during the procedure, enabling delivery of precise, high dose
radiation with sub-millimeter accuracy while patients breathe normally, without manual user intervention. Treatment
with the CyberKnife Systems requires no anesthesia, and treatment sessions are done on an outpatient basis. In
addition, the CyberKnife Systems are designed to minimize many of the risks and complications associated with
other treatment options. The CyberKnife Systems are the only robotic radiosurgery systems available today which
deliver such high precision treatments for intra- and extra-cranial disease sites throughout the body, including
prostate, lung, brain, spine, liver, pancreas and kidney. The latest generation CyberKnife M6 Series System is
available with the InCise Multileaf Collimator (InCise MLC), the world’s first multileaf collimator (MLC) to be
available on a robotic platform. With the addition of the InCise MLC, clinicians can deliver the same precise
radiosurgery treatments they have come to expect with the CyberKnife Systems, while significantly reducing
treatment times, for a wider range of tumor types, including larger and different kinds of tumors than were
previously treated. Additional options include the fixed collimator, and the Iris Variable Aperture Collimator, giving
clinicians a range of collimation forms to choose from to meet the needs of their patients.

The TomoTherapy Systems, including the Radixact System, the next-generation TomoTherapy platform,

represent the only radiation therapy platform specifically designed for image-guided intensity-modulated radiation
therapy (IG-IMRT). Based on a ring gantry CT scanner platform, the TomoTherapy System provides continuous
delivery of radiation from 360 degrees around the patient, or delivery from clinician-specified direct beam angles.
These unique features, combined with daily 3D image guidance, enable physicians to deliver dose distributions
which precisely conform to the shape of the patient’s tumor while minimizing dose to normal, healthy tissue,
resulting in fewer side effects for patients. The TomoTherapy Systems are capable of treating all standard radiation
therapy indications including breast, prostate, lung, and head and neck cancers, in addition to complex treatments
such as total marrow irradiation, while minimizing side effects; and enable efficient daily imaging to ensure the
accuracy of the patient position before each treatment delivery. The TomoTherapy and Radixact Systems include the
following options: TomoHelical, TomoDirect, and TomoEdge dynamic jaws. The system configuration depends on
the options chosen by the customer. When we refer to “TomoTherapy Systems” in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K, we mean that term to include the Radixact System as well, unless otherwise noted.

We have also introduced the Onrad System, a lower priced, direct delivery system, in China. The Onrad System
is designed to meet the ease of use and throughput demands of a market segment in which we have not previously
competed.

We were incorporated in California in 1990 and commenced operations in 1992. We reincorporated in Delaware

in 2007. Our principal offices are located at 1310 Chesapeake Terrace, Sunnyvale, CA 94089, and our telephone
number is (408) 716-4600.

Market Overview

Despite significant improvements in cancer diagnosis and treatment, cancer rates continue to increase globally
and are a leading cause of death. According to the World Health Organization, cancer is the second leading cause of
death worldwide and was responsible for 8.8 million deaths in 2015. Globally, nearly 1 in 6 deaths is due to cancer,
and the number of new cases is expected to rise by about 70% over the next 2 decades.

Cancers can be broadly divided into two groups: solid tumor cancers, which are characterized by the growth of

malignant tumors within the body in areas such as the brain, lung, liver, breast or prostate, and hematological, or
blood-borne cancers, such as leukemia. The most common causes of cancer deaths are cancers of lung, liver,
colorectal, stomach and breast. The American Cancer Society (the “ACS”) estimates that solid tumor cancers will
account for approximately 1.6 million, or approximately 92% of new cancer cases diagnosed annually.

Traditional methods for the treatment of solid tumor cancers include chemotherapy, surgery and radiation

therapy. The most common type of radiation therapy is external beam radiation therapy, in which patients are treated
with high-energy radiation generated by medical equipment external to the patient. The global radiotherapy
equipment and software market has three main segments: Linear Accelerators (Linacs), Treatment Planning
Systems, and Radiation Therapy Simulators. According to the January 2016 Radiation Therapy Equipment Report
by Global Industry Analysts, Inc., Linear Accelerators represent the largest segment of radiotherapy equipment and
are forecast to expand from an estimated $3.4 billion for 2014 to reach $5.2 billion by the year 2020. Treatment
planning systems are poised to grow to $1.9 billion by 2020, up from an estimated $1.1 billion in 2014. Increasing
preference for non-surgical options is a major factor promoting radiotherapy. Approximately 60% of cancer patients
worldwide will undergo some form of radiation therapy during the course of their treatment. While radiation therapy
is widely available in the United States and Western Europe, many developing countries currently do not have a
sufficient number of linacs to adequately treat their domestic cancer patient populations. We believe increasing
demand for advanced medical treatments in many international markets and growth in cancer incidences worldwide
will continue to drive demand for advanced linacs in the coming years.

Emerging markets are especially underequipped with external beam radiation therapy systems. According to a
publication called the Lancet Oncology Commission in 2015, radiation therapy is required in more than half of the
newly diagnosed cancer patients. There was an estimated shortage of over 15,000 linacs globally in 2015, expected
to grow to over 21,000 by 2035. This gap is most pronounced in low and middle income countries, where only 10%
of patients have access to radiotherapy. China alone is estimated to have a shortfall of over 5,000 systems because of
increasing cancer incidence and an aging population that is estimated to more than double by 2040.

Radiation Therapy

Radiation therapy is used to treat a wide range of cancer and tumor types by using high-energy radiation to
destroy cancer cells and shrink or control the growth of tumors. Radiation therapy works by exposing clusters of
cancer cells, or tumors, to a dose of high-energy radiation sufficient to cause cell death and prevent cells from
multiplying. During external beam radiation therapy, the clinician’s goal is to target radiation delivery to the tumor
as precisely as possible in order to maximize the radiation dose delivered to cancerous tissue and minimize the
exposure of healthy tissue. Recent advances in radiation therapy technologies have allowed clinicians to further
improve the ability to target the radiation dose more precisely at cancer cells while minimizing the exposure of
healthy tissue. These advances include the following:

Intensity modulated radiation therapy. Intensity modulated radiation therapy involves varying, or modulating,
the radiation beam intensity across the treatment area. This technique aims to conform the high dose region of the
radiation beam more closely with the shape of the tumor, enabling the delivery of higher doses of radiation to
tumors with a reduced impact on surrounding healthy tissue.

Image guided radiation therapy. IGRT involves delivering radiation guided by images of the treatment area
taken shortly before and/or during treatment using CT scan, x-ray, ultrasound or other imaging technologies. By
combining imaging with radiation treatment, clinicians can adjust the patient’s position relative to the radiation
source prior to each treatment to target the tumor more precisely.

Radiosurgery and Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy. Radiosurgery is a form of radiation therapy that uses
precisely targeted radiation to destroy tumors. Radiosurgery is non-invasive; there is no cutting involved. It is
commonly used by neurosurgeons to treat conditions within the brain and spine. SBRT is a treatment that uses
precisely targeted radiation, like radiosurgery, to destroy tumors located outside the brain and spine.
Radiosurgery and SBRT typically involve the delivery of a single high dose radiation treatment or a few
fractionated radiation treatments (usually up to five) to ablate (destroy) all tissue within the tumor. To achieve the
accuracy and precision required for both radiosurgery and SBRT, image guidance during treatment, the ability to
adjust the aim of the beam in real-time to compensate for tumor motion and a wide range of beam angles, are
critical for treatment.

Adaptive radiation therapy. Adaptive radiation therapy involves adjusting a patient’s radiation therapy plan
during or between fractions to account for changes in the patient’s anatomy, the amount and location of the
radiation received by the patient, and the size, shape and location of the tumor. While there is no widely accepted
definition of adaptive radiation therapy, it has been characterized to include as little as an adjustment to the
physical position of the patient relative to the radiation source prior to treatment, as occurs during IGRT, rather
than an adjustment to the treatment plan. Our approach is based on the belief that adaptive radiation therapy
requires monitoring and adjustments to the treatment plan facilitated by both the regular acquisition of updated
quantitative images showing the location, size, shape and density of the tumor, and verification of the radiation
dose received by the patient throughout the entire course of treatment.

Hypofractionation. Hypofractionation involves the delivery of higher doses of radiation in fewer fractions than
are used in conventional radiation therapy. Higher doses of radiation have been shown to provide greater local
control of the tumor. The advent of innovative technological features in radiation therapy treatment planning and
delivery has enabled clinicians to maximize the radiation dose administered to tumors in the patient, improving
local tumor control and, in some cases, improving patient survival rates. Additional benefits of hypofractionation
include minimal side effects, fewer treatments and greater scheduling convenience for the patient.
Hypofractionation is often used to treat small targets throughout the body, especially when located near critical
structures, including the brain, head and neck, spine, lung and prostate. It is also being used more frequently in
clinical applications where the radiobiology is appropriate for fewer fractions of higher doses, including the
prostate and breast.

Despite advances in radiation therapy techniques, most commercially available radiation therapy systems
from other manufacturers still present significant limitations that restrict clinicians’ ability to provide the most
precise treatment possible. These limitations include:

Limited versatility and precision. The C-arm configuration of traditional radiation therapy systems has a
limited range and speed of motion because of its size and mechanical structure. C-arm linac architecture is
limited to delivering radiation in a single plane (coplanar) thus limiting its radiation delivery capability for
complex and advanced cases. Additionally, most previously existing MLCs, which modulate or shape the
radiation beams, have mechanical limitations that reduce their beam-shaping ability and the speed at which they
operate. These design elements limit the motion and dynamic range of IMRT intensities capable of being
delivered by traditional radiation therapy systems and often make it challenging to achieve the precision needed
to maximize dose to the tumor while avoiding damage to healthy tissue and minimizing side effects. These
limited treatment angles reduce the ability to deliver precisely targeted radiation that minimizes exposure to
healthy tissue. Such imprecision may prevent clinicians from treating tumors near sensitive anatomic structures,
such as the eye or the spinal cord, or from re-treating patients in an area of the body that was previously exposed
to radiation and may be unable to tolerate additional exposure.

Limited ability to provide frequent, quantitative images. Precise radiation therapy requires frequent images
that accurately depict the size, shape and location of the tumor. Many traditional radiation therapy systems use
imaging technologies that are not generally used on a daily basis to generate a quantitative assessment of the
patient’s and/or target volume’s position due to concerns about the additional radiation exposure. In addition,
traditional radiation therapy systems measure the amount of radiation emitted by the device based on the
system’s performance specifications. This calculation does not provide the clinician with data regarding the
amount of radiation that was received by the patient or what tissue within the patient’s body received any
particular amount of radiation. Since it is common for internal organs to shift and for the size of the tumor to
change during the course of treatment, failure to obtain updated images and adapt the patient and/or plan

throughout the course of treatment may result in a portion, or potentially all, of the radiation dose missing the
tumor and instead being absorbed by healthy tissue.

Failure to integrate multiple functions. The basic architecture for traditional radiation therapy systems
pre-dates many recent advances that enable integrated imaging, treatment planning, dose verification or quality
assurance capabilities necessary for more advanced treatment protocols. Some conventional systems have been
subsequently adapted to include certain elements of this functionality by incorporating modular add-on devices to
legacy linac designs. These separate modular components can provide imaging, treatment planning, quality
assurance procedures or post-treatment analysis functionality. However, this add-on architectural approach can
have safety, accuracy, and workflow implications because of the manual methods used for checking proper
system operation.

Development of Radiosurgery

Advanced radiation therapy systems designed to deliver radiosurgery or stereotactic body radiation therapy differ

from traditional radiation therapy systems in that they are designed to deliver a very high cumulative dose of
radiation, in a single or a small number of treatments precisely targeted at the tumor rather than at a region that
consists of the tumor plus healthy tissue that surrounds the tumor area. The more accurate delivery of radiation
allows higher doses to be delivered, increasing the probability of tumor cell death and better local control. In
addition, radiosurgery can be administered to patients who have inoperable or surgically complex tumors, or who
may prefer a clinically effective, non-surgical treatment option.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to develop equipment and technology that enable physicians to deliver precise, customized,
leading-edge treatments that help cancer patients live longer, better lives. We endeavor to achieve this goal by
expanding the clinical options for healthcare providers, helping them offer the best radiation treatment for each
patient and by providing patients with treatment tailored to their specific needs. Our vision is a future where the fear,
pain and suffering of cancer are a thing of the past. We believe our current technologies and our future innovation
can help to achieve this. Some of the key elements of our strategy include the following:

Increase physician adoption and patient awareness to drive utilization. We are continually working to
increase adoption and awareness of our systems and demonstrate their advantages over more traditional treatment
methods. We hold and sponsor symposia and educational meetings and support clinical studies to demonstrate the
clinical benefits of our systems. We regularly meet with clinicians to educate them on the expanded versatility that
our systems offer in comparison to more traditional radiation therapy products or surgery. We are continuously
expanding our digital and social presence to reach and educate a broader audience of physicians and patients. To
support awareness of all our product offerings, we assist our customers with increasing patient awareness in their
communities by providing them tools to develop marketing and educational campaigns.

Continue to expand the radiosurgery market. While radiosurgery has traditionally been used to treat brain
tumors, the CyberKnife Systems received U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), clearance in 2001 to treat
tumors anywhere in the body. Our system data demonstrates that over 55% of CyberKnife utilization is for cancers
and tumors in the body in places other than the brain. There are now hundreds of peer-reviewed publications
supporting use of CyberKnife in treatment of various cancer and tumor types.

Continue to innovate through clinical development and collaboration. The clinical success of our products is

largely the result of the collaborative partnerships we have developed over the last decade with clinicians,
researchers and patients. We proactively seek out and rely on constructive feedback from system users to learn what
is needed to enhance the technology. As a result of this collaborative process, we continually refine and upgrade our
systems, thereby improving our competitive position in the radiation therapy and radiosurgery markets. Upgrades to
our systems are designed to address customer needs in the areas of improving the ease of use and accuracy of
treatment, decreasing treatment times, and improving utilization for specific types of tumors.

Expand sales in international markets. We intend to continue to increase our sales and distribution capabilities

outside of the United States to take advantage of the large international opportunity for our products. Outside of the
United States, we currently have regional offices in Morges, Switzerland, Hong Kong, China, Shanghai, China and
Tokyo, Japan and direct sales staff in most countries in Western Europe, Japan, India and Canada. Combined with
distributors in Eastern Europe, Russia, the Middle East, the Asia Pacific region and Latin America, our sales and
distribution channels cover more than 92 countries. However, many of these countries are not highly developed at
this time and therefore sales opportunities may be limited. We intend to increase our international revenue by
focused additions of direct sales personnel in targeted areas to further penetrate our most promising international
markets, and additional distributors where opportune.

Strategic partnerships and joint ventures. We intend to pursue strategic partnerships and joint ventures we

believe will allow us to complement our growth strategy, increase sales in our current markets and expand into
adjacent markets, broaden our technology and intellectual property and strengthen our relationships with our
customers. In fiscal 2016 we signed an agreement with RaySearch Laboratories AB, which will lead to the
integration of treatment planning support for the TomoTherapy and CyberKnife Systems in the RayStation treatment
planning system (TPS). We also signed an agreement with medPhoton GmbH to collaborate on integration of its
ImagingRing system, a new technology for volumetric image guidance, with the CyberKnife System. In fiscal 2017,
we signed an agreement with Photo Diagnostic Systems, Incorporated to enhance image quality of our
TomoTherapy System through an enhanced tomographic reconstruction software.

Our Products

Our suite of products includes the CyberKnife Systems and the TomoTherapy Systems, including the Radixact

System, the next generation TomoTherapy platform. We also offer our Onrad Treatment Delivery System, a
configuration of the TomoTherapy System designed specifically to meet the needs of the market in China. In
addition, our portfolio includes comprehensive software solutions to enable and enhance the precise and efficient
radiotherapy treatment with our advanced delivery systems.

The CyberKnife Systems

Our principal radiosurgery products are the CyberKnife Systems, a robotic full-body radiosurgery system
designed to treat tumors anywhere in the body non-invasively, which include the CyberKnife M6 Series with
configuration options of fixed collimators plus the Iris Variable Aperture Collimator (FI), fixed collimators plus the
InCise MLC (FM) and fixed collimators plus the Iris Variable Aperture Collimator plus the InCise MLC (FIM).

Using continual image guidance technology and computer controlled robotic mobility, the CyberKnife Systems

are designed to deliver precise radiation from a wide array of beam angles and automatically track, detect and
correct for tumor and patient movement in real-time throughout the treatment. This design is intended to enable the
CyberKnife Systems to deliver high-dose radiation with precision, which minimizes damage to surrounding healthy
tissue and eliminates the need for invasive head or body stabilization frames. Our patented image-guidance
technology correlates low dose, real-time treatment X-rays with images previously taken with a CT scan of the
tumor and surrounding tissue to direct each beam of radiation with increased precision versus treatments without
this real-time feedback. This, in turn, enables delivery of a highly conformal, non-isocentric dose of radiation to the
tumor, with minimal radiation delivered to surrounding healthy tissue. With its autonomous ability to track, detect
and correct for even the slightest tumor and patient movement throughout the entire treatment, the CyberKnife
System is intended to provide clinicians with an effective and accurate treatment.

Our configurations of CyberKnife Systems include the following:

The CyberKnife M6 Series with configurations of FI, FM and FIM. The M6 Series has been

approved/cleared by the FDA, and is able to be sold in most major markets globally. It is used with either of the
following options: an Iris collimator (I) or a multileaf collimator (M). With the InCise MLC, larger tumors
previously thought untreatable with radiosurgery and SBRT are able to be treated efficiently and with unrivaled
accuracy and tissue sparing. The InCise MLC and IMRT planning tools enable expansion of indications that can be
treated with a CyberKnife to include many IMRT indications. The CyberKnife M6 Series includes disease-specific
tracking and treatment delivery solutions for brain, spine, lung and prostate tumors, treatment speed improvements,
more options to configure the treatment room, expanded number of nodes leading to more coverage and sparing of
healthy tissue.

We believe the CyberKnife Systems offer clinicians and patients the following benefits:

The only truly robotic system in the market. Combining the benefits of continual image guidance and
non-isocentric, non-coplanar treatment delivery, the CyberKnife Systems precisely contour radiation delivery to
spare healthy tissue while maintaining sub-millimeter accuracy, even for targets that move during treatment. The
CyberKnife Systems are the clinical solution to choose when accuracy, flexibility, efficiency and patient comfort are
essential.

Treatment of inoperable or surgically complex tumors. The CyberKnife Systems may be used to target tumors

that cannot be easily treated with traditional surgical techniques because of their location, number, size, shape or
proximity to vital tissues or organs, or because of the age or health of the patient. The CyberKnife Systems’
intelligent robotics enable the precise targeting of a tumor, while at the same time minimizing damage to
surrounding healthy tissue.

Treatment of tumors throughout the body. The CyberKnife Systems have been cleared by the FDA to provide

treatment planning and image-guided radiosurgery treatment for tumors anywhere in the body where radiation
treatment is indicated. By comparison, traditional frame-based radiosurgery systems are generally limited to treating
brain tumors and use cobalt 60 radioactive material, which decays over time and is difficult to replace. The
CyberKnife Systems are being used for the treatment of primary and metastatic tumors outside the brain, including
tumors on or near the spine and in the lung, liver, prostate, kidney and pancreas in addition to tumors in the brain,
with the same sub-millimeter accuracy in every disease site.

Real-time tracking of tumor movement. The CyberKnife Systems are designed to enable the treatment of
tumors that change position because of respiration, or tumor or patient movement during treatment. The CyberKnife
Systems offer the following features which enhance image guided robotic radiation surgery: Synchrony Respiratory
Tracking System, Xsight Lung Tracking System, Xsight Spine Tracking System, InTempo Adaptive Imaging
System and Lung Optimized Treatment.

Significant patient benefits. The CyberKnife Systems maximize patient comfort. Patients may be treated with
the CyberKnife Systems on an outpatient basis without anesthesia and without the risks and complications inherent
in traditional surgery. Patients do not require substantial pre-treatment preparation, and typically there is little to no
recovery time or hospital stay associated with CyberKnife Systems’ treatments. In addition, the CyberKnife Systems
eliminate the need for an invasive rigid frame to be screwed into the patient’s skull or affixed to other parts of the
body, or for artificial breath holding or gating instruments.

Additional revenue generation through increased patient volumes. We believe clinical use of the CyberKnife
Systems allows our customers to effectively treat patients where extreme precision and ability to account for motion
are important, and patients who otherwise would not have been treated with radiation or who may not have been
good candidates for surgery.

Upgradeable modular design. The CyberKnife Systems have a modular design, which facilitates the

implementation of upgrades that often do not require our customers to purchase an entirely new system to gain the
benefits of new features. We continue to work to develop and offer new clinical capabilities enhancing ease of use,
reducing treatment times, improving accuracy and improving patient access. The main components and options of
the CyberKnife Systems include: the compact X-band linear accelerator; robotic manipulator, the real-time
image-guidance system with continuous target tracking and correction; X-ray sources; image detectors. Key features
of these components include:

Robotic manipulator arm. The robotic manipulator arm, with six-degrees-of-freedom range of movement, is
designed to move around the patient to position the linac and direct the radiation with an extremely high level of
precision and repeatability. The manipulator arm provides what we believe to be a unique method of positioning
the linac to deliver doses of radiation from nearly any direction and position, without the limitations inherent in
gantry-based systems, creating a non-isocentric composite dose pattern with a high level of conformance to the
shape of each treated tumor. This flexibility enhances the ability to diversify beam trajectories and beam entrance
and exit points, helping to minimize risks of radiation damage to healthy cells near the tumor. Furthermore, the
rapid response time of the manipulator arm allows tracking of tumors that move with respiration.

Real-time image-guidance system with continuous target tracking and correction. Without the need for
clinician intervention or treatment interruption, the CyberKnife Systems’ real-time image-guided robotics are
designed to enable continuous monitoring and correction for patient and tumor movements throughout each
treatment as it is being delivered.

X-ray sources. The low-energy X-ray sources generate the X-ray images that help determine the location of
bony or other anatomic landmarks, or implanted fiducials, which are used for tracking throughout the entire
treatment.

Image detectors. The image detectors capture high-resolution anatomical images throughout the treatment.
These live images are continually compared to the patient’s CT scan to determine real-time patient positioning.
Based on this information, the robotic manipulator automatically corrects for detected movements.

In addition to the main components listed above, we also offer the following components and options: Synchrony

Respiratory Tracking System; Xsight Spine Tracking System; Xsight Lung Tracking System; Lung Optimized
Treatment; RoboCouch Patient Positioning System; Xchange Robotic Collimator Changer; InTempo Adaptive
Imaging System; Iris Variable Aperture Collimator; and the InCise MLC. Key features of some of these components
are as follows:

Synchrony Respiratory Tracking System. The CyberKnife Systems’ proprietary motion tracking system, the
Synchrony Respiratory Tracking System, is the first and only technology to continuously synchronize beam delivery
to the motion of the tumor in real time, enabling the delivery of highly conformal radiation beams while reducing
healthy tissue exposure. It is used to continuously track tumors that move with respiration as beams are
synchronized in real-time to tumor position while adapting to changes in breathing patterns. The Synchrony system
provides what we believe is unsurpassed clinical accuracy of approximately 1.5 millimeters for tumors that move
with respiration without the need for implanted fiducials. It makes it possible and practical for clinicians to deliver
radiation dose with sub-millimeter precision, even for tumors that move with respiration.

Xsight Tracking System. The Xsight Spine and Lung Tacking Systems allow for tracking of tumors without the

need for implanted markers in the spine and the lung.

Lung Optimized Treatment. An integrated suite of tools that provides a complete fiducial-free clinical solution

for lung cancer patients and optimizes non-invasive lung SBRT treatments.

InTempo Adaptive Imaging System. The InTempo System is designed to optimize imaging frequency during

prostate treatments and uses time-based image guidance to assist with tracking and correcting non-predictable
intrafraction target motion.

Iris Variable Aperture Collimator. The Iris Variable Aperture Collimator enables delivery of beams in 12

unique sizes with a single collimator, which significantly reduces treatment times and the total radiation dose
delivered to the patient.

InCise Multileaf Collimator. The InCise MLC is designed specifically for the CyberKnife M6 Series. It

delivers the same precise SRS and SBRT treatments clinicians expect from the CyberKnife Systems, while
significantly reducing treatment times. With the InCise MLC, the CyberKnife M6 Series can be used to treat larger
and irregular tumors more efficiently.

TomoTherapy Systems, including the Radixact System, our next generation TomoTherapy platform

The TomoTherapy Systems include the Radixact System, the next-generation TomoTherapy platform, which
includes configuration options of X5, X7 and X9, and the TomoTherapy H Series, with configuration options of
TomoH, TomoHD, and TomoHDA. The Radixact System was cleared for sale by the FDA in 2016 and has been
cleared in most major markets globally. These systems consist of fully integrated and versatile radiation therapy
systems used by healthcare professionals in the treatment of a wide range of cancer types. We believe the
TomoTherapy Systems offer clinicians and patients the following benefits:

Versatile treatment capabilities. The TomoTherapy Systems’ ring gantry platform enables precise and efficient

treatments with a high degree of dose conformity. The high-speed binary MLC, is integrated with the linac and
consists of 64 individual low leakage tungsten leaves that move across the beam to either block or allow the passage
of radiation, effectively modulating and shaping the beam as it is emitted. The combination of the ring gantry and
the high-speed MLC enable treatment to be delivered continuously in a 360-degree helical pattern around the
patient’s body (which we refer to as TomoHelical). Additionally, the TomoDirect feature provides the
TomoTherapy System’s added versatility to provide high quality, fixed angle beams for those cases suited to simple
tangential beam radiation delivery. All TomoTherapy Systems enable an operator to provide non-isocentric 3D
conformal radiotherapy image-guided IMRT, or stereotactic treatments within a typical cylindrical volume of 80
centimeters in diameter and up to 135 centimeters in length. This expansive treatment field allows single or multiple
tumors, located anywhere in body, to be treated in a single session. The TomoTherapy System’s versatility,
efficiency and precision offer clinicians an extensive range of effective treatment possibilities.

Daily, quantitative imaging for better identification of tumors, dose verification and treatment planning. The

Radixact Systems offer integrated quantitative CT imaging capabilities, which depict the density of tumors and
healthy tissue more accurately than traditional radiation therapy systems. We have recently launched our CTrue IR
(Iterative Reconstruction) imaging technology, which uses a low-intensity, fan beam CT to collect quantitative
images prior to each treatment. These images allow lung tissue, fat, muscle and bone to be clearly distinguished. In
addition, because of the low radiation dose involved, the clinician can collect daily, quantitative images, which can
be used to monitor changes in the patient’s internal anatomy and quickly adapt the plan to those changes if deemed
clinically necessary. We believe daily, quantitative, low dose images are essential to enabling optimal patient
treatment, helping to ensure that original clinical objectives are achieved, from the first fraction to the last.

Integrated treatment system for precise radiation delivery. We believe the integration of our CT imaging
technology, treatment planning and helical delivery mode of radiation beams enables highly accurate and precise
radiation therapy. Our planning software allows clinicians to establish the contours of a tumor and any normal radio-
sensitive structures in close proximity to the treatment beam. The TomoTherapy Systems use an intelligent dose
optimization algorithm to ensure the radiation beam conforms to the patient’s tumor and minimizes exposure to
surrounding healthy tissue structures, providing a highly-targeted and effective dose distribution. These features
significantly benefit patients by increasing the radiation delivered to cancerous tissues while avoiding damage to
nearby healthy tissues, thus also minimizing side effects.

Efficient clinical workflow for Image Guided Radiation Therapy, or IGRT, and adaptive radiation therapy.
The TomoTherapy Systems integrate into a single system all of the key elements for radiation therapy, including
treatment planning, CT image-guided patient positioning, treatment delivery, quality assurance and adaptive
planning. The imaging and treatment planning capabilities of many traditional systems are more modular or require
cumbersome add-ons or separate treatment planning systems that result in clinicians taking more steps between
scanning, planning and treatment of patients. Conversely, the integrated CTrue IR imaging and treatment features of
the Radixact Systems allow clinicians to scan, plan and treat cancer patients efficiently. Treatment plans as well as
daily images can be easily accessed remotely, enabling clinical teams to collaboratively work together, regardless of
location, ensuring high quality plan development and delivery.

Low barriers to installation and implementation. All external beam radiation systems must be housed in

rooms which have special radiation shielding to capture any radiation not absorbed by the patient. The
TomoTherapy Systems’ size and self-contained design allow customers to retrofit them into existing treatment
rooms previously used for legacy radiation therapy systems and avoid, or reduce, the significant construction costs
that can be associated with building new, larger treatment rooms, which are often required of other radiation therapy
systems. With both imaging and radiation delivery capabilities integrated on a ring gantry, the TomoTherapy
Systems require less space than other linac systems, which use large moving arms to position the linac or
incorporate adjacent imaging equipment used for treatment planning. In addition, because the TomoTherapy
Systems have an integrated radiation beam stop, which shields radiation that passes through the patient, they require
less radiation shielding in treatment room walls as compared to traditional systems. We also preassemble, test and
commission each TomoTherapy System at our manufacturing facility, and ship the system almost fully assembled.
This process typically allows radiation “beam on” within four days after delivery and first patient treatments to
begin within 14 to 28 days after delivery.

Platform for further technological advancements in adaptive radiation therapy. We believe the

TomoTherapy Systems are uniquely positioned to enable truly adaptive radiation therapy because of their unique
ability to provide daily, quantitative images, high speed delivery of radiation from fixed beam angles or helically
from 360 degrees around the body and real-time verification of the dose received by the patient. We believe the
combination of these design features and our integrated treatment planning and optimization software will allow us
to continue to enhance the TomoTherapy Systems’ adaptive capabilities to enable clinicians to routinely and easily
adjust a patient’s treatment as needed, thereby remaining true to the intent of the original treatment plan.

In addition to the functionality listed above, the TomoTherapy Systems may be enhanced with the following

product options: TomoDirect Mode and TomoEdge Delivery. Key capabilities of these options are as follow:

TomoDirect Mode. TomoDirect is standard on the TomoTherapy HDA model and Radixact X7 and X9
models. The TomoDirect mode is a discrete angle, non-rotational delivery mode for the TomoTherapy Systems
that allows the user to create a treatment plan that defines target-specific gantry angles. Treatment delivery is
quickly completed for each beam angle. The TomoDirect mode enables users to plan and treat routine cases with
greater efficiency, while achieving the quality of TomoTherapy’s unique beamlet-based delivery.

TomoEdge Delivery. TomoEdge is standard on the TomoTherapy HDA model and Radixact X7 and X9
models. By dynamically varying the width of the collimator jaws during treatment delivery, dose to normal
healthy tissues immediately adjacent to the tumor is reduced, contributing to the minimization of radiation side
effects. Additionally, overall irradiation time is shortened because the jaws opening can effectively tailor to the
size of the tumor, enabling more efficient dose coverage. The resulting gains in treatment quality and speed
expand the TomoTherapy Systems clinical and market reach within the conventional and stereotactic
radiotherapy spaces.

Our Software Solutions

Our Accuray Precision Treatment Planning and iDMS Data Management Systems provide fully integrated

treatment planning and data management systems for use with all compatible Accuray delivery systems.

Accuray Precision Treatment Planning. With a streamlined and intuitive Windows-based interface, Accuray

Precision Treatment Planning System enables clinicians to efficiently generate high quality radiation therapy
treatment plans for all case types. It is a complete planning solution, including multi-modality image fusion with
proprietary deformable image registration algorithm, comprehensive suite of contouring tools, AutoSegmentation
auto-contouring options for head and neck, brain, and prostate, side-by-side treatment plan comparison, plan
summation and evaluation. It supports treatment plan creation for all case types with TomoHelical, TomoDirect
IMRT and 3D CRT planning mode on both Radixact and TomoTherapy Systems enabled with iDMS Data
Management Systems. It also supports planning for all case types on CyberKnife Systems, including Frameless
Intracranial Radiosurgery, Fiducial-Free Lung Tracking with Dynamic Motion Compensation, SBRT, for the spine,
abdomen and pelvis, as well as other forms of SRT and IMRT. It provides fast and accurate dose computation
engines for both Accuray treatment systems, including Monte Carlo dose calculation for the CyberKnife InCise
multi-leaf collimator and VoLO Technology for Radixact and TomoTherapy Systems. The VoLO solution features
high-speed parallel processing for both dose calculation and optimization, based on Graphics Processing Unit (GPU)
technology that empowers clinicians to create highly customized treatment plans in less time, with greater flexibility
to work interactively and in real time to efficiently develop the best IMRT treatment plans for even the most
complex cases.

The Accuray Precision Treatment Planning System can be further enhanced with optional advanced capabilities

below:

PreciseART Adaptive Radiation Therapy Option. The PreciseART Radiation Therapy Option extends adaptive
radiotherapy possibilities, delivering an entirely new level of system integration and workflow automation for
Radixact Treatment Systems and other TomoTherapy Systems compatible with iDMS. The PreciseART Option
enables clinicians to monitor patient treatment and efficiently adapt plans, helping clinics of all sizes deliver more
precise treatments to more patients. It offers automated processing of daily imaging to enable clinicians to
monitor all patients and set protocol-specific action levels to flag cases for review and possible plan adaptation.
Its streamlined re-planning capabilities leverage full integration of treatment delivery, planning and database
systems to allow clinicians to efficiently generate new treatment plans based on previous plan data. It also
maintains the integrity of original treatment plans to ensure tumor coverage, preserve Organ-At-Risk doses and

reduce toxicity. We believe our PreciseART software is the only practically usable adaptive therapy solution
available to the mainstream radiation therapy market.

PreciseRTX Retreatment Option. The PreciseRTX Retreatment Option from Accuray, developed in
partnership with MIM Software, makes retreatment planning more efficient and effective. The option helps to
accelerate and enhance the process of creating new treatment plans for patients who have received previous
irradiation. The workflow includes importation of patient dose data, from either Accuray or non-Accuray
planning systems, automatic deformation of original plan contours onto a new treatment planning CT, automatic
deformation of previously delivered dose onto a new planning CT, generation of the re-treatment plan based on
the information from existing plan and summation of the original and new treatment plans to review the total
dose.

Accuray iDMS Data Management System. Accuray iDMS creates a centralized platform for storing and
managing all patient and treatment plan data. Designed to integrate with a wide range of technologies and systems,
iDMS enables users and applications to securely and seamlessly access the data they need to drive efficient,
informed, effective treatment. Information for patients to-be-treated or previously treated on any iDMS-compatible
Accuray treatment delivery system will be maintained as a single treatment record, providing the flexibility to treat
patients on any available Accuray treatment delivery system compatible with iDMS. It can manage users and
privileges to control patient data access. It supports the Storage Vault option which can safely maintain years of
encrypted patient data. It also offers customizable report generation of patient, plan and treatment system with
Report Administration Application. In addition, the Accuray iDMS enables connectivity between Accuray Systems
with other systems in radiation oncology departments, encompassing the entire radiotherapy workflow. iDMS offers
several key capabilities:

OIS Connect Option. The OIS Connect software option is a DICOM standard-based solution that provides the
ability to interface all iDMS-enabled Accuray treatment systems to a compatible Oncology Information System
(OIS). This integration with electronic medical record generates a comprehensive export of the radiotherapy
treatment history delivered using Accuray treatment systems.

PlanTouch. PlanTouch is the first commercially available, fully integrated software application in radiation
oncology that allows physicians to remotely review and approve patients’ radiation treatment plans for all
iDMS-enabled Accuray treatment systems on an iPad. It offers the freedom of portability and access to the
review functionalities of the Accuray Precision Treatment Planning System in a secure and simple way.
PlanTouch gives users the freedom they desire and the efficiency the department needs.

Tomo Quality Assurance (TQA) package. The TQA application offers trending and reporting of many system
and dosimetric parameters that allow physicians to monitor the performance of their TomoTherapy Systems.

Delivery Analysis. Delivery Analysis is a software option for TomoTherapy Systems that enables easy
pre-treatment patient QA and also offers an innovative capability to monitor doses throughout the patient
treatment using detector signals to ensure that the patient is receiving the expected dose from treatment to
treatment. The product option provides both high level analytics for summary display as well as detailed analysis
capability.

Sales and Marketing

In the United States, we primarily market to customers directly through our sales organization, and we also
market to customers through sales agents and Integrated Delivery Networks (IDNs). Outside the United States, we
market to customers directly and through distributors. We have sales and service offices in Europe, Japan, China,
and other countries in Asia, Latin America, and throughout the world.

In direct sales markets, we employ a combination of territory sales managers, training specialists and marketing
managers. Territory sales managers and product specialists are responsible for selling the systems to hospitals and
stand-alone treatment facilities. Our marketing managers help market our current products and work with our
engineering group to identify and develop upgrades and enhancements for our suite of products. Our training
specialists train radiation oncologists, surgeons, physicists, dosimetrists and radiation therapists.

We market our products to radiation oncologists, neurosurgeons, general surgeons, oncology specialists and other
referring physicians in hospitals and stand-alone treatment facilities. We intend to continue to increase our focus on
marketing and education efforts to surgical specialists and oncologists responsible for treating tumors throughout the
body, and are also working closely with hospital administrators to demonstrate the economic benefits of our
offering. Our marketing activities also include efforts to inform and educate cancer patients about the benefits of the
CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems.

Under our standard distribution agreement, we generally appoint a distributor for a specific country. We typically

also retain the right to distribute the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems in such territories, though we remain
bound by certain agreements entered into by TomoTherapy prior to our acquisition that did not retain such rights in
certain jurisdictions. In most territories, our distributors generally provide the full range of service and sales
capabilities, although we may provide installation and service support for certain distributors.

Manufacturing

We purchase major components for each of our products from outside suppliers, including the robotic

manipulator, treatment couches, gantry, magnetrons and computers. We closely monitor supplier quality, delivery
performance and conformance to product specifications, and we also expect suppliers to contribute to our efforts to
improve our manufacturing cost and quality.

Some of the components are obtained from single-source suppliers. These components include the gantry, couch,

magnetron and solid state modulator for the TomoTherapy Systems and the robot, couch, and magnetron for the
CyberKnife Systems. In most cases, if a supplier was unable to deliver these components, we believe we would be
able to find other sources for these components subject to any regulatory qualifications, if required. In the event of a
disruption in any of these suppliers’ ability to deliver a component, we would need to secure a replacement supplier.
Additionally, any disruption or interruption of the supply of key subsystems could result in increased costs and
delays in deliveries of our treatment systems, which could adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.
To help mitigate these risks, we negotiate long-term supply contracts or submit long-term orders and forecasts to our
single-source suppliers with the goal that our demand can be satisfied and any capacity problem can be mitigated.

Currently, we manufacture our CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems in Madison, Wisconsin. We manufacture

the linear accelerator for our TomoTherapy Systems at our Chengdu, China facility and we manufacture the linear
accelerator for our CyberKnife Systems at our Sunnyvale, California facility. Our facilities employ state-of-the-art
manufacturing techniques and equipment. The components manufactured at our Chengdu facility are produced
under the International Standard Organization (ISO), 9001:2008 certified quality management systems. The
completed medical devices are designed, manufactured, installed, serviced and distributed at our Sunnyvale,
Madison and Morges facilities under quality management systems which are compliant to the internationally
recognized quality system standard for medical devices ISO, 13485:2003, and the Quality System regulations
enforced by the FDA. We believe our manufacturing facilities will be adequate for our expected growth and
foreseeable future demands for at least the next three years.

The manufacturing processes at our facilities include fabrication, subassembly, assembly, system integration and

final testing. Our manufacturing personnel consist of fabricators, assemblers and technicians supported by
production engineers as well as planning and supply chain managers. Our quality assurance program includes
various quality control measures from inspection of raw material, purchased parts and assemblies through on-line
inspection. We have also incorporated lean manufacturing techniques to improve manufacturing flow and efficiency.
Lean manufacturing techniques include reducing wasteful and extraneous activities, balancing assembly and test
flow, as well as better utilizing production assets and resources.

Intellectual Property

The proprietary nature of, and protection for, our products, product components, processes and know-how are
important to our business. We seek patent protection in the United States and internationally for our systems and
other technology where available and when appropriate. We may also in-license the technology, inventions and
improvements that we consider important to the development of our business. In addition, we also rely upon trade
secrets, know-how, trademarks, copyright protection, as well as confidentiality agreements with employees,
consultants and other third parties, to protect our proprietary rights and to develop and maintain our competitive
position.

As of June 30, 2018, we held exclusive field of use licenses or ownership of approximately 435 U.S. and foreign

patents, and approximately 87 U.S. and foreign patent applications. These patents and applications cover various
components and techniques incorporated into the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems, or which may be
incorporated into new technologies under current development, all of which we believe will allow us to maintain a
competitive advantage in the field of radiation therapy systems. We cannot be certain that any patents will be issued
from any of our pending patent applications, nor can we be certain that any of our existing patents or any patents
that may be granted to us in the future will provide us with protection.

We periodically monitor the activities of our competitors and other third parties with respect to their use of

intellectual property.

Research and Development

Continued innovation is critical to our future success. Our current product development activities include projects

expanding clinical applications, driving product differentiation, and continually improving the usability,
interoperability, reliability, and performance of our products. We continue to seek to develop innovative
technologies so that we can improve our products and increase our sales. Some of our product improvements have
been discussed above under the heading “Our Products.”

Our research activities strive to enable new product development opportunities by developing new technologies
and advancing areas of existing core technology such as next generation linear accelerators, adaptive therapy, patient
imaging, motion management, or treatment planning capabilities.

The modular design of our systems supports rapid development for new clinical capabilities and performance
enhancements by generally allowing each subsystem to evolve within the overall platform design. Access to regular
product upgrades protects customer investment in the system, facilitates the rapid adoption of new features and
capabilities among existing installed base customers, and drives increasing value in our multiyear service plans.
These upgrades will generally consist of software and hardware enhancements designed to increase the ease of use
of our systems, improve the speed and accuracy of patient treatment and meet other customer needs.

As of June 30, 2018, we had approximately 207 employees in our research and development departments.
Research and development expenses for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016 were $57.3 million,
$49.9 million and $56.7 million, respectively.

We anticipate that research and development expenses in fiscal 2019 will be slightly lower than fiscal 2018 based

on our current roadmap.

A key component of our research and development program is our collaboration with research programs at

selected hospitals, cancer treatment centers, academic institutions and research institutions worldwide. Our
agreements with these third-party collaborators generally require us to make milestone-based payments during the
course of a particular project and often also require that we make up-front payments to fund initial activities.
Generally, we obtain non-exclusive worldwide rights to commercialize results from the collaboration with an option
to negotiate an exclusive license. For inventions resulting from the collaboration that we own or exclusively license,
we generally grant a royalty-free license for the purpose of continuing the institution’s research and development,
and from time to time, we also grant broader licenses. Our research collaboration programs include work on clinical
protocols and hardware and software developments. We also work with suppliers to develop new components in
order to increase the reliability and performance of our products and seek opportunities to acquire or invest in the
research of other parties where we believe it is likely to benefit our existing or future products.

We have entered into collaboration agreements with a variety of industrial partners within the fields of radiation

oncology and medical imaging to provide us with opportunities to accelerate our innovation capability and bring
complimentary products and technologies to market. We continue to seek out new partnerships to complement our
internal developments and implement our product strategies.

Competition

The medical device industry in general and the non-invasive cancer treatment field in particular, are subject to

intense and increasing competition and rapidly evolving technologies. Because our products often have long
development and regulatory clearance and approval cycles, we must anticipate changes in the marketplace and the
direction of technological innovation and customer demands. To compete successfully, we will need to continue to
demonstrate the advantages of our products and technologies over well-established alternative procedures, products
and technologies, and convince physicians and other healthcare decision makers of the advantages of our products
and technologies. Traditional surgery and other forms of minimally invasive procedures, brachytherapy,
chemotherapy and other drugs remain alternatives to the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems.

New product sales in this competitive market are primarily dominated by two companies: Elekta AB (Elekta) and
Varian Medical Systems, Inc. (Varian). Some manufacturers of standard linac systems, including Varian and Elekta,
have products that can be used in combination with body and/or head frame systems and image-guidance systems to
perform both radiosurgical and radiotherapy procedures. Our other competitors include BrainLAB AG (BrainLAB),
ViewRay Inc. (ViewRay), and other companies in the radiosurgical and radiation therapy markets.

Furthermore, many government, academic and business entities are investing substantial resources in research
and development of cancer treatments, including surgical approaches, radiation treatment, MRI-guided radiotherapy
systems, proton therapy systems, drug treatment, immunotherapy, gene therapy, and other approaches. Successful
developments that result in new approaches for the treatment of cancer could reduce the attractiveness of our
products or render them obsolete.

Our future success will depend in large part on our ability to establish and maintain a competitive position in
current and future technologies. Rapid technological development may render the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy
Systems and their technologies obsolete. Many of our competitors have or may have greater corporate, financial,
operational, sales and marketing resources, and more experience in research and development than we have. We
cannot assume that our competitors will not succeed in developing or marketing technologies or products that are
more effective or commercially attractive than our products or that would render our technologies and products
obsolete or less useful. We may not have the financial resources, technical expertise, marketing, distribution or
support capabilities to compete successfully in the future. Our competitive position also depends, among other
things, on:

• Widespread awareness, acceptance and adoption of our products by the radiation oncology and cancer

therapy markets;

•

Innovations that improve the effectiveness and productivity of our systems’ treatment processes and enable
them to address emerging customer needs;

Availability of reimbursement coverage from third-party payors (including insurance companies,
governments, and/or others) for procedures performed using our systems;

Published, peer-reviewed data supporting the efficacy and safety of our systems;

Limiting the time required from proof of feasibility to routine production;

Limiting the time period and cost of regulatory approvals or clearances;

The manufacture and delivery of our products in sufficient volumes on time, and accurately predicting and
controlling costs associated with manufacturing, installation, warranty and maintenance of the products;

Our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;

The extent of our intellectual property protection or our ability to otherwise develop proprietary products and
processes;

Securing sufficient capital resources to expand both our continued research and development, and sales and
marketing efforts; and

•

Obtaining and maintaining any necessary United States or foreign regulatory approvals or clearances.

Our customers’ equipment purchase considerations typically include reliability, treatment quality, service
capabilities, patient throughput, price, payment terms and equipment supplier viability. We believe we compete
favorably with our competitors on price and value based upon the technology offered by our treatment systems. We
strive to provide a technologically superior product that covers substantially all aspects of radiation therapy to
deliver precise treatments with high-quality clinical outcomes that meet or exceed customer expectations.

In addition to competition from technologies performing similar functions as our treatment systems, competition

also exists for the limited capital expenditure budgets of our customers. For example, our treatment systems may
compete with other equipment required by a radiation therapy department for financing under the same capital
expenditure budget, which is typically limited. A purchaser, such as a hospital or cancer treatment center, may be
required to select between the two items of capital equipment. Our ability to compete may also be adversely affected
when purchase decisions are based solely upon price, since our products are premium-priced systems due to their
higher level of functionality and performance.

U.S. Reimbursement

In the United States, healthcare providers that purchase capital equipment such as the CyberKnife and
TomoTherapy Systems generally rely on government and private third-party payors for reimbursement for the
healthcare treatment and services they provide. Examples of these types of payors include Medicare, Medicaid,
private health insurance plans, and health maintenance organizations, which reimburse all or a portion of the cost of
treatment, as well as related healthcare services. Reimbursement involves three components: coverage, coding and
payment.

Coverage

There are currently no national coverage determinations in place under Medicare for CyberKnife or

TomoTherapy treatment. Coverage criteria for treatment with CyberKnife and TomoTherapy is outlined in local
determinations or, in the absence of a formal policy, treatment is covered as long as it is considered reasonable and
necessary. The most common indications covered by Medicare in local coverage determinations for radiotherapy are
primary and metastatic tumors in the brain, spine, lung, liver, kidney, pancreas, adrenal gland, head and neck, breast,
prostate, abdominal and retroperitoneal regions, as well as other cancers that have failed previous treatment.
Commercial payor policies vary with respect to coverage for radiotherapy including many of the indications covered
by Medicare, though coverage criteria may differ.

Coding

The codes that are used to report radiosurgery treatment delivery in 2018 for the hospital outpatient department
are Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) codes 77372 and 77373 for single fraction intracranial radiosurgery and
single fraction extracranial/multi-session radiosurgery/stereotactic body radiation therapy. For freestanding centers,
robotic radiosurgery is billed with robotic radiosurgery Healthcare Common Procedural Codes (HCPCs) G0339 and
G0340. The non-robotic SRS/SBRT codes 77372 and 77373 are also payable codes in the freestanding site of
service for non-robotic SRS/SBRT.

In 2018, in the hospital outpatient department, IMRT delivery is billed under CPT code 77385 for prostate, breast

and physical compensator IMRT and 77386 for all other treatments. For 3D CRT three codes are used to report
simple, intermediate, and complex treatments. Treatments using our TomoTherapy Systems, which are considered
complex treatments, are reported under the complex 3D-CRT code 77413. In December 2015, the Patient Access
and Medicare Protection Act stopped the IMRT and 3D CRT delivery codes from being implemented in the
freestanding center setting until 2019. In 2018, the Bipartisan Budget Act extended this freeze for an additional year,
through calendar year 2019. Until 2020, a series of temporary G codes will be used instead. For non robotic SRS and
SBRT, billed under CPT codes 77372 and 77373, the freeze did not apply, and temporary G codes were not assigned
to these services. We expect all valid delivery codes will be recognized by commercial payers. Other codes are used
to report treatment planning, dosimetry, treatment management, and other procedures routinely performed for
treating radiosurgery or radiotherapy patients.

Payment

In the United States, the majority of procedures using the CyberKnife, TomoTherapy, and Radixact Systems are

performed in the hospital outpatient department. Payment rates are established based on cost data submitted by
hospitals. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) pays separately for ancillary procedures in
addition to the delivery of IMRT, 3D CRT, and SRS/SBRT as well as a Comprehensive APC that bundles delivery
and some ancillary services for single session cranial radiosurgery. No major changes in payment by CMS have
occurred in the past three years and none are proposed for 2019. Payment rates as proposed would result in slight
increases for all modalities.

Payment for treatment with CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems are also available in the freestanding center
setting. In 2018, the primary treatment delivery codes for robotic radiosurgery are carrier priced under Medicare and
payment ranges from low payment to parity with hospitals or above the hospital rates. In 2019, it is expected the
robotic SRS/SBRT delivery codes will remain contractor priced. Payment rates for IMRT and 3DRT procedures are
set by CMS with adjustments to account for geographic market variations. No major cuts by CMS have occurred to
IMRT and 3DCRT in the past three years and payment is expected to remain stable through 2019 as mandated by
the 2015 Patient Access and Medicare Protection ACT and the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018. For delivery of non-
robotic SBRT, CMS has proposed a significant cut in 2019 of 18%, which would be the first of four similar cuts
through 2022, if this proposal is finalized. While our freestanding center installed base that performs a significant
volume of SBRT is extremely small, this proposal could have a slight negative impact our business if not
overturned.

The federal government reviews and adjust rates annually, and from time to time consider various Medicare and

other healthcare reform proposals that could significantly affect both private and public reimbursement for
healthcare services, including radiotherapy and radiosurgery, in hospitals and free-standing clinics. In the past, we
have seen our customers’ decision-making process complicated by the uncertainties surrounding reimbursement
rates for radiotherapy and radiosurgery in the United States. State government reimbursement for services is
determined pursuant to each state’s Medicaid plan, which is established by state law and regulations, subject to
requirements of federal law and regulations.

Foreign Reimbursement

Internationally, reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary from country to country and include
single-payor, government-managed systems as well as systems in which private payors and government-managed
systems exist side-by-side. In general, the process of obtaining coverage approvals has been slower outside of the
United States. Our ability to achieve adoption of our treatment systems, and significant sales volume in international
markets, will depend in part on the availability of reimbursement for procedures performed using our products.

Regulatory Matters

Domestic Regulation

Our products and software are medical devices subject to regulation by the FDA, as well as other regulatory
bodies. FDA regulations govern the following activities that we perform and will continue to perform to ensure
medical products distributed domestically or exported internationally are safe and effective for their intended uses:

•

Product design and development;

Document and purchasing controls;

Production and process controls;

Labeling and packaging controls;

Product storage;

•

Recordkeeping;

Servicing;

Corrective and preventive action and complaint handling;

Pre-market clearance or approval;

Advertising and promotion; and

Product sales and distribution.

FDA pre-market clearance and approval requirements. Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we

wish to commercially distribute in the United States will require either 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval
from the FDA. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices deemed to pose lower risks are
placed in either class I or II, which requires the manufacturer to submit to the FDA a pre-market notification
requesting permission to commercially distribute the device, known as 510(k) clearance. Some low risk devices are
exempted from this requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risks, such as life-sustaining,
life-supporting or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k)
devices, are placed in class III, requiring pre-market approval. All of our current products are class II devices
requiring 510(k) clearances.

510(k) clearance pathway. When a 510(k) clearance is required, we must submit a pre-market notification
demonstrating that our proposed device is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared and legally marketed
510(k) device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet
called for the submission of pre-market approval applications (PMA). By statute, the FDA has targets to clear or
deny a 510(k) pre-market notification after 90 days of review from submission of the application. Clearance
generally takes longer as the FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination
regarding substantial equivalence.

In January 2002, we received 510(k) clearance for the TomoTherapy Hi-Art System intended to be used as an
integrated system for the planning and delivery of IMRT for the treatment of cancer. In August 2008, we received
510(k) clearance for our TomoDirect System. In June 2016, we received 510(k) clearance for the Radixact
Treatment Delivery Platform. We also received 510(k) clearance for our new treatment planning and data
management systems, Accuray Precision Treatment Planning System and iDMS Data Management System.

In July 1999, we received 510(k) clearance for the CyberKnife System for use in the head and neck regions of the

body. In August 2001, we received 510(k) clearance for the CyberKnife System to provide treatment planning and
image guided stereotactic radiosurgery and precision radiotherapy for lesions, tumors and conditions anywhere in
the body where radiation treatment is indicated. In April 2002, we received 510(k) clearance for the Synchrony
Motion Tracking System as an option to the CyberKnife System, intended to enable dynamic image guided
stereotactic radiosurgery and precision radiotherapy of lesions, tumors and conditions that move under influence of
respiration. In October 2012, we received 510(k) clearance for the InCise MLC with clearance from the FDA on
July 1, 2015.

Pre-market approval (PMA) pathway. A PMA must be submitted to the FDA if the device is not eligible for
the 510(k) clearance process. A PMA must be supported by extensive data including, but not limited to, technical,
preclinical, clinical trials, manufacturing and labeling to demonstrate reasonable evidence of the device’s safety and
efficacy to the FDA’s satisfaction. Currently, no device we have developed and commercialized has required
pre-market approval.

Product modifications. After a device receives 510(k) clearance or a PMA approval, it may be changed or
modified. Any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a
significant change in its intended use, will require a new clearance or approval. Regulations provide that the
manufacturer initially determines when a specific modification requires notification to FDA. The FDA has issued
draft guidance that, if finalized and implemented, will result in manufacturers needing to seek a significant number

of new clearances for changes made to legally marketed devices. The FDA reviews the manufacturer’s decision to
file a 510(k) or PMA for modifications during facility audits.

We have modified aspects of our CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems since receiving regulatory clearance,
and we have applied for and obtained additional 510(k) clearances for these modifications when we determined such
clearances were required. The FDA may review our 510(k) filing decision, and can disagree with our initial
determination. FDA may take regulatory action from requiring new filings to injunction if it disagrees with our
determinations not to seek a new 510(k) clearance or PMA approval for modifications. The FDA reviewed and
cleared the most recent versions of the CyberKnife System and TomoTherapy Systems, including the Radixact
System, in this fiscal year.

Pervasive and continuing regulation. After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory

requirements apply. These include:

•

Quality System Regulation (QSR), which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to
follow stringent design, testing, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during product design
and throughout the manufacturing process;

Labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or
off-label uses; and

• Medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may

have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or
contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur.

The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We are subject to unannounced inspections

by the FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Health Services to determine our
compliance with the QSR and other regulations, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of
some of our subcontractors. Our Sunnyvale facility, where we manufacture the CyberKnife Systems, was most
recently inspected by the FDA in August 2016. The August 2016 inspection resulted in no observations. In addition,
our Madison facility, where we manufacture the finished TomoTherapy and CyberKnife Systems, was most recently
inspected by the FDA in July 2012. The July 2012 inspection resulted in no observations. We believe we are in
substantial compliance with the QSR. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in
enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions:

•

Fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

Recall or seizure of our products;

Operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

Refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products or new intended uses;

• Withdrawing 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals that are already granted; and

•

Criminal prosecution.

The FDA also has the authority to require us to repair, replace or refund the cost of any medical device that we
have manufactured or distributed. If any of these events were to occur, they could have a material adverse effect on
our business.

Radiological health. Because our CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems contain both laser and X-ray
components, and because we assemble these components during manufacturing and service activities, we are also
regulated under the Electronic Product Radiation Control Provisions of the United States Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act. This law requires laser and X-ray products to comply with regulations and applicable performance
standards, and manufacturers of these products to certify in product labeling and reports to the FDA that their
products comply with all such standards. The law also requires manufacturers to file new product reports, and to file
annual reports and maintain manufacturing, testing and sales records, and report product defects. Various warning
labels must be affixed. Assemblers of diagnostic X-ray systems are also required to certify in reports to the FDA,
equipment purchasers, and where applicable, to state agencies responsible for radiation protection, that diagnostic

and/or therapeutic X-ray systems they assemble meet applicable requirements. Failure to comply with these
requirements could result in enforcement action by the FDA, which can include injunctions, civil penalties, and the
issuance of warning letters.

Fraud and abuse laws. We are subject to various federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and
abuse, including anti-kickback laws and physician self-referral laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by
significant criminal and civil sanctions, including, in some instances, exclusion from participation in federal and
state healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. Because of the far-reaching nature of these laws, there
can be no assurance that we would not be required to alter one or more of our practices to be in compliance with
these laws. Evolving interpretations of current laws or the adoption of new federal or state laws or regulations could
adversely affect many of the arrangements we have with customers and physicians. In addition, there can be no
assurance that the occurrence of one or more violations of these laws or regulations would not result in a material
adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Anti-kickback laws. Our operations are subject to broad and changing federal and state anti-kickback laws. The
Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services (OIG) is primarily responsible for
enforcing the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and generally for identifying fraud and abuse activities affecting
government programs. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting,
receiving, offering or providing remuneration directly or indirectly to induce either the referral of an individual, or
the furnishing, recommending, or arranging of a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal
healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid. “Remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include
anything of value, including such items as gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit
arrangements, waiver of payments, and providing anything of value at less than fair market value.

Penalties for violating the federal Anti-Kickback Statute include criminal fines of up to $25,000 and/or

imprisonment for up to five years for each violation, civil monetary penalties, which could result in treble damages
plus fines of up to $50,000 for each violation, and possible exclusion from participation in federal healthcare
programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. Many states have adopted prohibitions similar to the federal
Anti-Kickback Statute, some of which apply to the referral of patients for healthcare services reimbursed by any
source, not only by the Medicare and Medicaid programs, and do not include comparable exceptions.

The OIG has issued safe harbor regulations which set forth certain activities and business relationships that are
deemed safe from prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. There are safe harbors for various types of
arrangements, including, without limitation, certain investment interests, leases and personal services and
management contracts. The failure of a particular activity to comply in all regards with the safe harbor regulations
does not mean that the activity violates the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or that prosecution will be pursued.
However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in
increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as the OIG.

The OIG has identified the following arrangements with purchasers and their agents as ones raising potential risk

of violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute:

•

Discount and free good arrangements that are not properly disclosed or accurately reported to federal
healthcare programs;

Product support services, including billing assistance, reimbursement consultation and other services
specifically tied to support of the purchased product, offered in tandem with another service or program
(such as a reimbursement guarantee) that confers a benefit to the purchaser;

Educational grants conditioned in whole or in part on the purchase of equipment, or otherwise
inappropriately influenced by sales and marketing considerations;

Research funding arrangements, particularly post-marketing research activities, that are linked directly or
indirectly to the purchase of products, or otherwise inappropriately influenced by sales and marketing
considerations; and

•

Other offers of remuneration to purchasers that are expressly or impliedly related to a sale or sales volume,
such as “rebates” and “upfront payments,” other free or reduced-price goods or services, and payments to
cover costs of “converting” from a competitor’s products, particularly where the selection criteria for such
offers vary with the volume or value of business generated.

We have a variety of financial relationships with physicians who are in a position to generate business for us. For

example, physicians who own our stock also provide medical advisory and other consulting or collaboration
services. Similarly, we have a variety of different types of arrangements with our customers. In the case of our
former placement program, certain services and upgrades were provided without additional charge based on
procedure volume. In the past, we have also provided loans to our customers. We also provide research or
educational grants to customers to support customer studies related to, among other things, our CyberKnife and
TomoTherapy Systems.

If our past or present operations are found to be in violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or similar

government regulations to which we or our customers are subject, we or our officers may be subject to the
applicable penalty associated with the violation, including significant civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines,
imprisonment, and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The impact of any such violation may lead
to curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines, or curtailment or restructuring of
our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. The risk of our
being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that some of these laws are open to a variety of
interpretations. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could
cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business
and damage our reputation. If an enforcement action were to occur, our reputation and our business and financial
condition could be harmed, even if we were to prevail or settle the action. Similarly, if the physicians or other
providers or entities with which we do business are found to be non-compliant with applicable laws, they may be
subject to sanctions, which could also have a negative impact on our business.

Transparency laws. The Physician Payment Sunshine Act (the Sunshine Act), which was enacted by Congress

as part of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act on December 14, 2011, requires each applicable
manufacturer, which includes medical device companies such as Accuray, to track and report to the federal
government on an annual basis all payments and other transfers of value from such applicable manufacturer to U.S.
licensed physicians and teaching hospitals as well as physician ownership of such applicable manufacturer’s equity,
in each case subject to certain statutory exceptions. Such data will be made available by the government on a
publicly searchable website. Failure to comply with the data collection and reporting obligations imposed by the
Sunshine Act can result in civil monetary penalties ranging from $1,000 to $10,000 for each payment or other
transfer of value that is not reported (up to a maximum of $150,000 per reporting period) and from $10,000 to
$100,000 for each knowing failure to report (up to a maximum of $1 million per reporting period). In addition, we
are subject to similar state and foreign laws related to the tracking and reporting of payments and other transfers of
value to healthcare professionals. These laws require or will require that we implement the necessary and costly
infrastructure to track and report such payments and transfers of value. Failure to comply with these new tracking
and reporting laws could subject us to significant civil monetary penalties.

Physician self-referral laws. We are also subject to federal and state physician self-referral laws. The federal
Ethics in Patient Referrals Act of 1989, commonly known as the Stark Law, prohibits, subject to certain exceptions,
physician referrals of Medicare and Medicaid patients to an entity providing certain “designated health services” if
the physician or an immediate family member has any financial relationship with the entity. The Stark Law also
prohibits the entity receiving the referral from billing any good or service furnished pursuant to an unlawful referral.

In addition, in July 2008, CMS issued a final rule implementing significant amendments to the regulations under
the Stark Law. The final rule, which was effective October 1, 2009, imposes additional limitations on the ability of
physicians to refer patients to medical facilities in which the physician or an immediate family member has an
ownership interest for treatment. Among other things, the rule provides that leases of equipment between physician
owners that may refer patients and hospitals must be on a fixed rate, rather than a per use basis. Prior to enactment
of the final rule, physician owned entities had increasingly become involved in the acquisition of medical
technologies, including the CyberKnife System. In many cases, these entities entered into arrangements with
hospitals that billed Medicare for the furnishing of medical services, and the physician owners were among the

physicians who referred patients to the entity for services. The rule limits these arrangements and could require the
restructuring of existing arrangements between physicians owned entities and hospitals and could discourage
physicians from participating in the acquisition and ownership of medical technologies. The final rule also prohibits
percentage-based compensation in equipment leases. As a result of the finalization of these regulations, some
existing CyberKnife System operators have modified or restructured their corporate or organizational structures. In
addition, certain customers that planned to open CyberKnife centers in the United States involving physician
ownership have restructured their legal ownership structure. Certain entities were not able to establish viable models
for CyberKnife System operation and therefore canceled their CyberKnife System purchase agreements.
Accordingly, these regulations have resulted in cancellations of CyberKnife System purchase agreements and could
also reduce the attractiveness of medical technology acquisitions, including CyberKnife System purchases, by
physician-owned joint ventures or similar entities. As a result, these regulations have had, and could continue to
have, an adverse impact on our product sales and therefore on our business and results of operations.

A person who engages in a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law’s referral prohibition may be fined up to
$100,000 for each such arrangement or scheme. In addition, any person who presents or causes to be presented a
claim to the Medicare or Medicaid programs in violations of the Stark Law is subject to civil monetary penalties of
up to $15,000 per bill submission, an assessment of up to three times the amount claimed, and possible exclusion
from federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. Various states have corollary laws to the Stark
Law, including laws that require physicians to disclose any financial interest they may have with a healthcare
provider to their patients when referring patients to that provider. Both the scope and exceptions for such laws vary
from state to state.

Federal False Claims Act. The federal False Claims Act prohibits the knowing filing or causing the filing of a
false claim or the knowing use of false statements to obtain payment from the federal government. When an entity is
determined to have violated the False Claims Act, it may be required to pay three times the actual damages sustained
by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $11,181 and $22,363 for each separate false claim.
Suits filed under the False Claims Act, known as “qui tam” actions, can be brought by any individual on behalf of
the government and such individuals, sometimes known as “relators” or, more commonly, as “whistleblowers,” may
share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. In addition, certain states have
enacted laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act. Qui tam actions have increased significantly in recent
years, causing greater numbers of healthcare companies to have to defend a false claim action, pay fines or be
excluded from Medicare, Medicaid or other federal or state healthcare programs as a result of an investigation
arising out of such action. We have retained the services of a reimbursement consultant, for which we pay certain
consulting fees, to provide us and facilities that have purchased a CyberKnife or TomoTherapy System, with general
reimbursement advice. While we believe this will assist our customers in filing proper claims for reimbursement,
and even though such consultants do not submit claims on behalf of our customers, the fact that we provide these
consultant services could expose us to additional scrutiny and possible liability in the event one of our customers is
investigated and determined to be in violation of any of these laws.

HIPAA. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), created two new federal
crimes: healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits
knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A
violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored
programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a
material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or
payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or
imprisonment.

As a participant in the healthcare industry, we are also subject to extensive laws and regulations protecting the

privacy and integrity of patient medical information, including privacy and security standards required under
HIPAA. The HIPAA privacy standard was amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and
Clinical Health Act (HITECH), enacted as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. HITECH
significantly increases the civil money penalties for violations of patient privacy rights protected under HIPAA.
Although we are not a covered entity under HIPAA, we have entered into agreements with certain covered entities
under which we are considered to be a “business associate” under HIPAA. As a business associate, we are required
to implement policies, procedures and reasonable and appropriate security measures to protect individually

identifiable health information we receive from covered entities. Furthermore, as of February 2010, business
associates are now directly subject to regulations under HIPAA, including a new enforcement scheme, criminal and
civil penalties for certain violations, and inspection requirements.

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The United States and foreign government regulators have increased
regulation, enforcement, inspections and governmental investigations of the medical device industry, including
increased United States government oversight and enforcement of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Whenever the
United States or another foreign governmental authority concludes that we are not in compliance with applicable
laws or regulations, such governmental authority can impose fines, delay or suspend regulatory clearances, institute
proceedings to detain or seize our products, issue a recall, impose operating restrictions, enjoin future violations and
assess civil penalties against us or our officers or employees, and can recommend criminal prosecution to the
Department of Justice. Moreover, governmental authorities can ban or request the recall, repair, replacement or
refund of the cost of any device or product we manufacture or distribute. We are also potentially subject to the UK
Bribery Act, which could also lead to the imposition of civil and criminal fines. Any of the foregoing actions could
result in decreased sales as a result of negative publicity and product liability claims, and could have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

International Regulation

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which vary substantially
from country to country. The time required to obtain clearance or approval by a foreign country may be longer or
shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and the requirements may be different.

The primary regulatory environment in Europe is that of the European Union and the three additional member

states of the European Economic Area (EEA), which have adopted similar laws and regulations with respect to
medical devices. The European Union has adopted numerous directives and the European Committee for
Standardization has promulgated standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse
event reporting for medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of the relevant directive will be
entitled to bear CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the
applicable directives and, accordingly, may be commercially distributed throughout the member states of the EEA.

The method of assessing conformity to applicable standards and directives depends on the type and class of the
product, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment
by a notified body, an independent and neutral institution appointed by a European Union member state to conduct
the conformity assessment. This relevant assessment may consist of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system
(currently ISO 13485), provisions of the Medical Devices Directive, and specific testing of the manufacturer’s
device. In September 2002 and February 2005, our and TomoTherapy’s facilities, respectively, were awarded the
ISO 13485 certification, which replaces the ISO 9001 and EN 46001 standards, which have been subsequently
maintained through periodic assessments, in accordance with the expiration dates of the standards, and we are
currently authorized to affix the CE mark to our products, allowing us to sell our products throughout the European
Economic Area.

We are also currently subject to regulations in Japan. Under the Pharmaceutical Affairs Law in Japan, a

pre-market approval necessary to sell, market and import a product (Shonin) must be obtained from the Ministry of
Health, Labor and Welfare (MHLW), for our products. A Japanese distributor received the first government
approval to market the CyberKnife System from MHLW in November 1996. On June 30, 2009, our subsidiary,
Accuray Japan KK, became the Marketing Authorization Holder in Japan, which allowed the Company to directly
sell our products in Japan. In August 2010, we received Shonin approval from MHLW to market the CyberKnife G4
System to treat tumors non-invasively anywhere in the body, inclusive of head and neck. Hi- Art Co. Ltd., the
original distributor for TomoTherapy in Japan, received the Shonin approval from the MHLW to market the
TomoTherapy System for use as an integrated system for the planning and delivery of IMR for the treatment of
cancer in January 2006. In July 2012, Accuray took responsibility for both the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy
Shonins and the service operations in Japan. In March 2014, we received Shonin approval from MHLW for
CyberKnife M6 Series as well as the InCise MLC and in January 2017, we received Shonin approval from MHLW
for the Radixact Treatment Delivery Platform.

We are subject to additional regulations in other foreign countries, including, but not limited to, Canada, Taiwan,

China, Korea, and Russia in order to sell our products. We intend that either we or our distributors will receive any
necessary approvals or clearance prior to marketing our products in those international markets.

State Certificate of Need Laws

In some states, a certificate of need or similar regulatory approval is required prior to the acquisition of high-cost
capital items or the provision of new services. These laws generally require appropriate state agency determination
of public need and approval prior to the acquisition of such capital items or addition of new services. Certificate of
need regulations may preclude our customers from acquiring one of our systems, and from performing stereotactic
radiosurgery procedures using one of our systems. Several of our prospective customers currently are involved in
appeals of certificate of need determinations. If these appeals are not resolved in favor of these prospective
customers, they may be precluded from purchasing and/or performing services using one of our systems. Certificate
of need laws are the subject of continuing legislative activity, and a significant increase in the number of states
regulating the acquisition and use of one of our systems through certificate of need or similar programs could
adversely affect us.

Backlog

For a discussion of the Company’s fiscal 2018 backlog, please refer to the section entitled “Backlog,” in Item 7,

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Employees

As of June 30, 2018, we had 998 employees worldwide. None of the employees are represented by a labor union

or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced any employment related work
stoppages and we believe our relationship with our employees is good.

Geographic Information

For financial reporting purposes, net sales and long-lived assets attributable to significant geographic areas are
presented in Note 15, Segment Disclosure, to the consolidated financial statements, which are incorporated herein by
reference.

Available Information

Our main corporate website address is www.accuray.com. We make available on this web site, free of charge,
copies of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and our
proxy statements, and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material
electronically or otherwise furnishing it to the Securities and Exchange Commission, the SEC. All SEC filings are
also available at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

We also use our investor relations website as a channel of distribution for important company information. For
example, webcasts of our earnings calls and certain events we participate in or host with members of the investment
community are on our investor relations website. Additionally, we announce investor information, including news
and commentary about our business and financial performance, SEC filings, notices of investor events, and our press
and earnings releases, on our investor relations website. Investors and others can receive notifications of new
information posted on our investor relations website in real time by signing up for email alerts and RSS feeds.
Further corporate governance information, including our corporate governance guidelines, board committee
charters, and code of conduct, is also available on our investor relations website under the heading “Governance.”
The contents of our websites are not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in any other
report or document we file with the SEC, and any references to our websites are intended to be inactive textual
references only.

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

We operate in a rapidly changing environment that involves significant risks, a number of which are beyond our
control. In addition to the other information contained in this Form 10-K, the following discussion highlights some
of these risks and the possible impact of these factors on our business, financial condition and future results of
operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations
may be adversely impacted, causing the trading price of our common stock to decline. In addition, these risks and
uncertainties may impact the “forward-looking” statements described elsewhere in this Form 10-K and in the
documents incorporated herein by reference. They could affect our actual results of operations, causing them to
differ materially from those expressed in “forward- looking” statements.

Risks Related to Our Business

If the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy Systems do not achieve widespread market acceptance, we will not be able to
generate the revenue necessary to support our business.

Achieving physician, patient, hospital administrator and third-party payor acceptance of the CyberKnife and
TomoTherapy Systems as preferred methods of tumor treatment is crucial to our continued success. Physicians will
not begin to use or increase the use of the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy Systems unless they determine, based on
experience, clinical data and other factors, that the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems are safe and effective
alternatives to traditional treatment methods. Further, physicians may be slow to adopt new or updated versions of
our CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems because of the perceived liability risks arising from the use of new
products and the uncertainty of reimbursement from third-party payors, particularly in light of ongoing health care
reform initiatives and the evolving U.S. health care environment.

We often need to educate physicians about the use of stereotactic radiosurgery, IGRT and adaptive radiation
therapy, convince healthcare payors that the benefits of the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems and their related
treatment processes outweigh their costs, and help train qualified physicians in the skilled use of these systems. In
addition, we also must educate prospective customers regarding the entire functionality of our radiation therapy
systems and their relative benefits compared to alternative products and treatment methods. We must also increase
awareness among potential patients, who are increasingly educated about treatment options and therefore impact
adoption of new technologies by clinicians. We have expended and will continue to expend significant resources on
marketing and educational efforts to create awareness of stereotactic radiosurgery and Robotic IMRT as well as
adaptive radiation therapy and IGRT generally and to encourage the acceptance and adoption of our products for
these technologies. We cannot be sure that our products will gain significant market acceptance among physicians,
patients and healthcare payors, even if we spend significant time and expense on their education.

In addition, the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems are major capital purchases, and purchase decisions are

greatly influenced by hospital administrators who are subject to increasing pressures to reduce costs. These and
other factors, including the following, may affect the rate and level of market acceptance of each of the CyberKnife
and TomoTherapy Systems:

•

the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems’ price relative to other products or competing treatments;

our ability to develop new products and enhancements and receive regulatory clearances and approval, if
required, to products in a timely manner;

increased scrutiny by state boards when evaluating certificates of need requested by purchasing institutions;

perception by patients, physicians and other members of the healthcare community of the CyberKnife and
TomoTherapy Systems’ safety, efficacy, efficiency and benefits compared to competing technologies or
treatments;

• willingness of physicians to adopt new techniques and the ability of physicians to acquire the skills necessary

to operate the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems;

•

extent of third-party coverage and reimbursement rates, particularly from Medicare, for procedures using the
CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems; and

development of new products and technologies by our competitors or new treatment alternatives.

If the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy Systems are unable to achieve or maintain market acceptance, new orders and

sales of our systems would be adversely affected, our revenue levels would decrease and our business would be
harmed.

Our ability to achieve profitability depends in part on maintaining or increasing our gross margins on product
sales and services, which we may not be able to achieve.

As of June 30, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $474.3 million. We may incur net losses in the future,

particularly as we improve our selling and marketing activities. Our ability to achieve and sustain long-term
profitability is largely dependent on our ability to successfully market and sell the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy
Systems, control our costs, and effectively manage our growth. We cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve
profitability and even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a
quarterly or annual basis. In the event we fail to achieve profitability, our stock price could decline.

A number of factors may adversely impact our gross margins on product sales and services, including:

•

lower than expected manufacturing yields of high cost components leading to increased manufacturing costs;

low production volume which will result in high levels of overhead cost per unit of production;

the timing of revenue recognition and revenue deferrals;

increased material or labor costs;

increased inventory costs and liabilities for excess inventory resulting from inventory held in excess of
forecasted demand;

increased service or warranty costs or the failure to reduce service or warranty costs;

increased price competition;

variation in the margins across products installed in a particular period;

changes to U.S. and foreign trade policies, including enactments of tariffs on goods imported into the U.S.
and any retaliatory tariffs imposed by other countries on U.S. goods, including our products; and

how well we execute on our strategic and operating plans.

If we are unable to maintain or increase our gross margins on product sales and service, our results of operations

could be adversely impacted, we may not achieve profitability and our stock price could decline.

We have outstanding indebtedness in the form of our 3.75% Convertible Notes, Revolving Credit Facility and
Term Loan and may incur other debt in the future, which may adversely affect our financial condition and future
financial results.

In August 2017, we issued $85.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 3.75% Convertible Senior Notes due
2022 (the “3.75% Convertible Notes”). As our debt matures, we anticipate having to expend significant resources to
either repay or refinance the 3.75% Convertible Notes. For example, in August 2017, in connection with the
issuance of the 3.75% Convertible Notes, we (i) exchanged approximately $47.0 million aggregate principal amount
of our then-outstanding 3.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018 and 3.50% Series A Convertible Senior Notes
due 2018 (collectively, the “3.50% Convertible Notes”) for $53.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.75%
Convertible Notes and (ii) repurchased approximately $28.0 million of 3.50% Convertible Notes. If we decide to
refinance the 3.75% Convertible Notes in the future, we may be required to do so on different or less favorable
terms or we may be unable to refinance the 3.75% Convertible Notes at all, both of which may adversely affect our
financial condition.

In June 2017, we entered into a credit and security agreement that provided us with an initial revolving credit
facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) of $52.0 million, which was amended in December 2017 to reduce the
Revolving Credit Facility to $32.0 million. In December 2017, we also entered into a credit and security agreement
that provides for an initial term loan of $40.0 million with an additional tranche of $20.0 million available if
specified conditions are met on or prior to December 31, 2018 (the “Term Loan” and, together with the Revolving
Credit Facility, the “Credit Facilities”). In July 2018, we also further amended the credit and security agreements
with respect to the Credit Facilities to provide for, among other things, adjustments to the fixed coverage charge
ratio.

As of June 30, 2018, we had total consolidated liabilities of approximately $330.1 million; including long-term
liability components of the 3.75% Convertible Notes of $69.4 million, and the Revolving Credit Facility of $23.7
million and the Term Loan of $38.0 million. Our existing and future levels of indebtedness could have important
consequences to stockholders and note holders and may adversely affect our financial conditions and future financial
results by, among other things:

•

affecting our ability to satisfy our obligations under the Convertible Notes and Credit Facilities;

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to be dedicated to interest and principal
payments and may not be available for operations, working capital, capital expenditures, expansion,
acquisitions or general corporate or other purposes;

impairing our ability to obtain additional financing in the future;

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry; and

increasing our vulnerability to downturns in our business, our industry or the economy in general.

The credit and security agreements governing the Credit Facilities also includes certain restrictive covenants that
limit, among other things, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to (i) incur indebtedness, (ii) incur liens on
their property, (iii) pay dividends or make other distributions, (iv) sell their assets, (v) make certain loans or
investments, (vi) merge or consolidate, (vii) voluntarily repay or prepay certain indebtedness and (viii) enter into
transactions with affiliates, in each case subject to certain exceptions. In addition, the such agreements require us to
meet certain financial covenants, including a “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” and minimum consolidated “Net
Revenue,” both as defined in the applicable credit and security agreement governing the Credit Facilities. These
restrictions could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs, withstand a future
downturn in our business or the economy in general, engage in business activities, including future opportunities
that may be in our interest, and plan for or react to market conditions or otherwise execute our business strategies.
Our ability to comply with the covenants and other terms governing the Credit Facilities will depend in part on our
future operating performance. If we fail to comply with such covenants and terms, we may be in default and the

maturity of the related debt could be accelerated and become immediately due and payable. In addition, because our
assets are pledged as a security under the Credit Facilities, if we are not able to cure any default or repay outstanding
borrowings, our assets are subject to the risk of foreclosure by our lenders. From time to time to we may not be in
compliance with such covenants or other terms governing the Credit Facilities and we may be required to obtain
waivers or amendments to the applicable credit and security agreement from our lenders in order to maintain
compliance and there can be no certainty that any such waiver or amendment will be available, or what the cost of
such waiver or amendment, if obtained, would be. If we are unable to obtain necessary waivers and the debt under
such credit facility is accelerated, we would be required to obtain replacement financing at prevailing market rates.
Additionally, a default on indebtedness could result in a default under the terms of the indentures governing our
3.75% Convertible Notes. There is no guarantee that we would be able to satisfy our obligations if any of our
indebtedness is accelerated.

Our operating results, including our quarterly orders, revenues and margins fluctuate from quarter to quarter
and may be unpredictable, which may result in a decline in our stock price.

We have experienced and expect in the future to experience fluctuations in our operating results, including gross

orders, revenues and margins, from period to period. Drivers of orders include the introduction and timing of new
product or product enhancement announcements by us and our competitors, the timing of regulatory approvals as
well as changes or anticipated changes in third-party reimbursement amounts or policies applicable to treatments
using our products. The availability of economic stimulus packages or other government funding, or reductions
thereof, may also affect timing of customer purchases. Our products have a high unit price and require significant
capital expenditures by our customers. Accordingly, we experience long sales and implementation cycles, which is
of greater concern during a volatile economic environment where we have had customers delay or cancel orders.
When orders are placed, installation, delivery or shipping, as applicable, is accomplished and the revenues
recognized affect our quarterly results. Further, because of the high unit price of the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy
Systems and the relatively small number of units sold or installed each quarter, each sale or installation of a
CyberKnife or TomoTherapy System can represent a significant percentage of our net orders, backlog or revenue for
a particular quarter and shifts in sales or installation from one quarter to another may have significant effects. For
example, multi-system sales involve additional complexities to the transaction and require a longer timeline to
finalize the sale, which make it more difficult to predict the quarter in which the sale will occur.

Once orders are received and booked into backlog, factors that may affect whether these orders become revenue

(or are cancelled or deemed aged-out and reflected as a reduction in net orders) and the timing of revenue include:

•

economic or political instability in foreign countries;

delays in the customer obtaining funding or financing;

delays in construction at the customer site and delays in installation;

delays in the customer obtaining receipt of local or foreign regulatory approvals such as certificates of need
in certain states or Class A user licenses in China;

timing of when we are able to recognize revenue associated with sales of the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy
Systems, which varies depending upon the terms of the applicable sales and service contracts; and

the proportion of revenue attributable to orders placed by our distributors which may be more difficult to
forecast due to factors outside our control.

Our operating results may also be affected by a number of other factors some of which are outside of our control,

including:

•

the proportion of revenue attributable to our legacy service plans;

timing and level of expenditures associated with new product development activities;

•

regulatory requirements in some states for a certificate of need prior to the installation of a radiation device
or foreign regulatory approvals, such as Class A user licenses in China;

delays in shipment due, for example, to unanticipated construction delays at customer locations where our
products are to be installed, cancellations by customers, natural disasters or labor disturbances;

delays in our manufacturing processes or unexpected manufacturing difficulties;

the timing of the announcement, introduction and delivery of new products or product upgrades by us and by
our competitors;

timing and level of expenditures associated with expansion of sales and marketing activities such as trade
shows and our overall operations

the timing and level of expenditures associated with our financing activities;

the effects of foreign currency adjustments;

changes in accounting principles, such as those related to revenue recognition, or in the interpretation or the
application thereof; and

fluctuations in our gross margins and the factors that contribute to such fluctuations, as described in
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Because many of our operating expenses are based on anticipated sales and a high percentage of these expenses
are fixed for the short term, a small variation in the timing of revenue recognition can cause significant variations in
operating results from quarter to quarter. Our overall gross margins are impacted by a number of factors described in
our risk factor entitled “Our ability to achieve profitability depends in part on maintaining or increasing our gross
margins on product sales and services, which we may not be able to achieve.” If our financial results fall below the
expectation of securities analysts and investors, the trading price of our common stock would almost certainly
decline.

We report on a quarterly and annual basis our orders and backlog. Unlike revenues, orders and backlog are not
defined by U.S. GAAP, and are not within the scope of the audit conducted by our independent registered public
accounting firm. Also, for the reasons discussed in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations, our orders and backlog cannot necessarily be relied upon as accurate predictors of future
revenues. Order cancellation or significant delays in installation date will reduce our backlog and future revenues,
and we cannot predict if or when orders will mature into revenues. Particularly high levels of cancellations or
age-outs in one or more periods may cause our revenue and gross margins to decline in current or future periods and
will make it difficult to compare our operating results from quarter to quarter. We cannot assure you that our
backlog will result in revenue on a timely basis or at all, or that any cancelled contracts will be replaced.

Our industry is subject to intense competition and rapid technological change, which may result in products or
new tumor treatments that are superior to the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems. If we are unable to
anticipate or keep pace with changes in the marketplace and the direction of technological innovation and
customer demands, our products may become obsolete or less useful and our operating results will suffer.

The medical device industry in general and the non-invasive cancer treatment field in particular are subject to

intense and increasing competition and rapidly evolving technologies. Because our products often have long
development and government approval cycles, we must anticipate changes in the marketplace and the direction of
technological innovation and customer demands. To compete successfully, we will need to continue to demonstrate
the advantages of our products and technologies over well-established alternative procedures, products and
technologies, and convince physicians and other healthcare decision makers of the advantages of our products and
technologies. Traditional surgery and other forms of minimally invasive procedures, brachytherapy, chemotherapy
or other drugs remain alternatives to the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems.

We consider the competition for the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems to be existing radiation therapy
systems, primarily using C-arm linacs, which are sold by large, well-capitalized companies with significantly greater
market share and resources than we have. Several of these competitors are also able to leverage their fixed sales,
service and other costs over multiple products or product lines. In particular, we compete with a number of existing
radiation therapy equipment companies, including Varian Medical Systems, Inc., Elekta AB, BrainLAB AG and
ViewRay, Inc. Varian has been the leader in the external beam radiation therapy market for many years and has the
majority market share for radiation therapy systems worldwide. In general, because of aging demographics and
attractive market factors in oncology, we believe that new competitors will enter the radiosurgery and radiation
therapy markets in the years ahead. In October 2012, Varian announced a new line of C-arm gantries, called the
Edge systems, which Varian claims are specifically designed for radiosurgery to compete with our CyberKnife
Systems. In addition, some manufacturers of conventional linac based radiation therapy systems, including Varian
and Elekta, have products that can be used in combination with body and/or head frames and image guidance
systems to perform both radiosurgical and radiotherapy procedures. In May 2017, Varian launched a new radiation
therapy product called Halcyon which they have positioned against our TomoTherapy product line.

Furthermore, many government, academic and business entities are investing substantial resources in research
and development of cancer treatments, including surgical approaches, radiation treatment, MRI-guided radiotherapy
systems, proton therapy systems, drug treatment, gene therapy (which is the treatment of disease by replacing,
manipulating, or supplementing nonfunctional genes), and other approaches. Successful developments that result in
new approaches for the treatment of cancer could reduce the attractiveness of our products or render them obsolete.

Our future success will depend in large part on our ability to establish and maintain a competitive position in
current and future technologies. Rapid technological development may render the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy
Systems and their technologies obsolete. Many of our competitors have or may have greater corporate, financial,
operational, sales and marketing resources, and more experience and resources in research and development than we
have. We cannot assure you that our competitors will not succeed in developing or marketing technologies or
products that are more effective or commercially attractive than our products or that would render our technologies
and products obsolete or less useful. We may not have the financial resources, technical expertise, marketing,
distribution or support capabilities to compete successfully in the future. In addition, some of our competitors may
compete by changing their pricing model or by lowering the price of their products. If we are unable to maintain or
increase our selling prices, our revenue and gross margins may suffer. Our success will depend in large part on our
ability to maintain a competitive position with our technologies.

International sales of our products account for a significant portion of our revenue, which exposes us to risks
inherent in international operations.

Our international sales, as a percentage of total revenue, have increased over the last five fiscal years. The
percentage of our revenue derived from sales outside of the Americas region was 64% in 2018, 60% in both 2016
and 2017. To accommodate our international sales, we have invested significant financial and management
resources to develop an international infrastructure that will meet the needs of our customers. We anticipate that a
significant portion of our revenue will continue to be derived from sales of our products in foreign markets and that
the percentage of our overall revenue that is derived from these markets may continue to increase. This revenue and
related operations will therefore continue to be subject to the risks associated with international operations,
including:

•

economic or political instability in foreign countries, including the market volatility resulting from the
initiation by the United Kingdom (the “UK”) to exit the European Union (the “EU”), or Brexit;

import delays;

changes in foreign regulatory laws governing, among other matters, the clearance, approval and sales of
medical devices;

the potential failure to comply with foreign regulatory requirements to sell and market our products;

•

longer payment cycles associated with many customers outside the United States;

adequate coverage and reimbursement for the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy treatment procedures outside
the United States;

failure of local laws to provide the same degree of protection against infringement of our intellectual
property;

protectionist laws and business practices that favor local competitors;

changes in U.S. trade and economic sanctions policies and the possibility that foreign countries may impose
additional taxes, tariffs or other restrictions on foreign trade;

• U.S. relations with the governments of the foreign countries in which we operate;

•

the inability to obtain required export or import licenses or approvals;

risks relating to foreign currency, including fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates possibly causing
fewer sales due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar; and

contractual provisions governed by foreign laws and various trade restrictions, including U.S. prohibitions
and restrictions on exports of certain products and technologies to certain nations.

Our inability to overcome these obstacles could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.
Even if we are successful in managing these obstacles, our partners internationally are subject to these same risks
and may not be able to manage these obstacles effectively.

In addition, future imposition of, or significant increases in, the level of customs duties, export quotas, regulatory

restrictions or trade restrictions could materially harm our business.

Enhanced international tariffs, including potential tariffs imposed by the United States and China that affect our
products or components within our products, other trade barriers or a global trade war could increase our costs
and materially and adversely affect our business operations and financial condition.

Our global business could be negatively affected by trade barriers and other governmental protectionist measures,
any of which can be imposed suddenly and unpredictably. There is currently significant uncertainty about the future
relationship between the United States and various other countries, most significantly China, with respect to trade
policies, treaties, government regulations and tariffs.

Since the beginning of 2018, there has been increasing public threats and, in some cases, legislative or executive

action, from United States and foreign leaders regarding instituting tariffs against foreign imports of certain
materials. On July 6, 2018, the federal government imposed 25% tariffs on a variety of imports from China. The
federal government has also further proposed two additional lists of products from China on which to impose
additional 25% tariffs. These tariffs affect certain components, including the linear accelerator for our TomoTherapy
Systems, which we manufacture in China and import into the United States, as well as other components that we
import into the United States from our suppliers. China has responded to the new and proposed United States tariffs
by announcing plans to impose tariffs ranging from 5% to 25% on a wide range of products in retaliation, which
would impact our products. If the proposed new tariff lists remains unaltered and these additional tariffs are placed
on certain of our components or products, or any related counter-measures are taken by China, our business,
financial condition and results of operations may be materially harmed. The imposition of tariffs could also increase
our costs and require us to raise prices on our products, which may negatively impact the demand for our products in
the affected market. If we are not successful in offsetting the impact of any such tariffs, our revenue, gross margins,
and operating results may be adversely affected.

These tariffs have been recently announced and are subject to a number of uncertainties as they are implemented,
including future adjustments and changes. The ultimate reaction of other countries and the impact of these tariffs or
other actions on the United States, China, the global economy and our business, financial condition and results of
operations, cannot be predicted at this time, nor can we predict the impact of any other developments with respect to
global trade. Further, the imposition of additional tariffs by the United States could result in the adoption of
additional tariffs by China and other countries, as well as further retaliatory actions by any affected country. Any
resulting trade war could negatively impact the global market for medical devices, including radiation therapy
devices, and could have a significant adverse effect on our business. These developments may have a material
adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets, and they may
significantly reduce global trade and, in particular, trade between China and the United States. Any of these factors
could depress economic activity, restrict our access to customers and have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.

We face risks related to the current global economic environment, which could adversely affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations by, among other things, delaying or preventing our customers from
obtaining financing to purchase the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems and implement the required
facilities.

Our business and results of operations are materially affected by conditions in the global capital markets and the
economy generally. A general economic slowdown and the volatility in current economic conditions could adversely
affect our business including our ability to raise financing. Concerns over the slow economic recovery, the level of
U.S. national debt, currency fluctuations and volatility, the rate of growth of Japan, China, and other Asian
economies, unemployment, the availability and cost of credit, the U.S. housing market, inflation levels, negative
interest rates, energy costs and geopolitical issues have contributed to increased volatility and diminished
expectations for the economy and the markets.

Further, the U.S. federal government has called for, or enacted, substantial changes to healthcare, trade, fiscal,
and tax policies, which may include changes to existing trade agreements and may have a significant impact on our
operations. For example, the current administration has initiated the imposition of tariffs on certain foreign products,
including from China, that have resulted in and may result in future retaliatory tariffs on U.S. goods and products.
We cannot predict the impact, if any, that these changes could have on our business. If economic conditions worsen
or new legislation is passed related to the healthcare system, trade, fiscal or tax policies, customer demand may not
materialize to levels we require to achieve our anticipated financial results, which could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, uncertain credit markets and concerns regarding the availability of credit could impact consumer
and customer demand for our products, as well as our ability to manage normal commercial relationships with our
customers, suppliers and creditors, including financial institutions. If the current situation continues to deteriorate or
does not improve, our business could be negatively affected, including by reduced demand for our products resulting
from a slow-down in the general economy, supplier or customer disruptions and/or temporary interruptions in our
ability to conduct day-to-day transactions through our financial intermediaries involving the payment to or
collection of funds from our customers, vendors and suppliers. For example, in the United States, some of our
customers have been delayed in obtaining, or have not been able to obtain, necessary financing for their purchases of
the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy Systems. In addition, some of our customers have been delayed in obtaining, or
have not been able to obtain, necessary financing for the construction or renovation of facilities to house CyberKnife
or TomoTherapy Systems, the cost of which can be substantial. These delays have in some instances led to our
customers postponing the shipment and installation of previously ordered systems or cancelling their system orders,
and may cause other customers to postpone their system installation or to cancel their agreements with us. An
increase in delays and order cancellations of this nature would adversely affect our product sales, backlog and
revenues, and therefore harm our business and results of operations. In addition, the recent approval by voters in the
U.K. of a referendum to leave the EU has caused, and may continue to cause, uncertainty in the global markets. The
U.K.’s proposed exit from the EU, if implemented, will take some period of time to complete and could result in
regulatory changes that impact our business. We will review the impact of any resulting changes to EU or U.K. law
that could affect our operations, such as labor policies, financial planning, product manufacturing, and product
distribution.

If we encounter manufacturing problems, or if our manufacturing facilities do not continue to meet federal, state
or foreign manufacturing standards, we may be required to temporarily cease all or part of our manufacturing
operations, which would result in delays and lost revenue.

The CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems are complex and require the integration of a number of components
from several sources of supply. We must manufacture and assemble these complex systems in commercial quantities
in compliance with regulatory requirements and at an acceptable cost. Our linear accelerator components are
extremely complex devices and require significant expertise to manufacture, and we may encounter difficulties in
scaling up production of the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy Systems, including problems with quality control and
assurance, component supply shortages, increased costs, shortages of qualified personnel, the long lead time
required to develop additional radiation-shielded facilities for purposes of testing our products and/or difficulties
associated with compliance with local, state, federal and foreign regulatory requirements. If our manufacturing
capacity does not keep pace with product demand, we will not be able to fulfill orders in a timely manner, which in
turn may have a negative effect on our financial results and overall business. Conversely, if demand for our products
decreases, the fixed costs associated with excess manufacturing capacity may adversely affect our financial results.

Our manufacturing processes and the manufacturing processes of our third-party suppliers are required to comply

with the FDA’s QSR for any products imported into, or sold within, the United States. The QSR is a complex
regulatory scheme that covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production process and
controls, manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. Furthermore,
we are required to verify that our suppliers maintain facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our
quality requirements. We are also subject to state licensing and other requirements and licenses applicable to
manufacturers of medical devices, and we are required to comply with ISO, quality system standards in order to
produce products for sale in Europe and Canada, as well as various other foreign laws and regulations. Because our
manufacturing processes include the production of diagnostic and therapeutic X-ray equipment and laser equipment,
we are subject to the electronic product radiation control provisions of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act,
which requires that we file reports with the FDA, applicable states and our customers regarding the distribution,
manufacturing and installation of these types of equipment. The FDA enforces the QSR and the electronic product
radiation control provisions through periodic inspections, some of which may be unannounced. We have been, and
anticipate in the future being subject to such inspections. FDA inspections usually occur every two to three years.
During such inspections, the FDA may issue Inspectional Observations on Form FDA 483, listing instances where
the manufacturer has failed to comply with applicable regulations and procedures, or warning letters.

If a manufacturer does not adequately address the observations, the FDA may take enforcement action against the

manufacturer, including the imposition of fines, restriction of the ability to export product, total shutdown of
production facilities and criminal prosecution. If we or a third-party supplier receive a Form FDA 483 with material
or major observations that are not promptly corrected, fail to pass a QSR inspection, or fail to comply with these,
ISO and other applicable regulatory requirements, our operations could be disrupted and our ability to generate sales
could be delayed. Our failure to take prompt and satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse inspection
or our failure to comply with applicable standards could result in enforcement actions, including a public warning
letter, a shutdown of our manufacturing operations, a recall of our products, civil or criminal penalties, or other
sanctions, which would cause our sales and business to suffer. In addition, because some foreign regulatory
approvals are based on approvals or clearances from the FDA, any failure to comply with FDA requirements may
also disrupt our sales of products in other countries. We cannot assure you that the FDA or other governmental
authorities would agree with our interpretation of applicable regulatory requirements or that we or our third-party
suppliers have in all instances fully complied with all applicable requirements. If any of these events occur, our
reputation could be harmed, we could lose customers and there could be a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.

If we cannot achieve the required level and quality of production, we may need to outsource production or rely

on licensing and other arrangements with third parties who possess sufficient manufacturing facilities and
capabilities in compliance with regulatory requirements. Even if we could outsource needed production or enter into
licensing or other third-party arrangements, this could reduce our gross margin and expose us to the risks inherent in
relying on others. We also cannot assure you that our suppliers will deliver an adequate supply of required
components on a timely basis or that they will adequately comply with the QSR. Failure to obtain these components
on a timely basis would disrupt our manufacturing processes and increase our costs, which would harm our
operating results.

If we are unable to develop new products or enhance existing products to meet our customers’ needs and compete
favorably in the market, we may be unable to attract or retain customers.

Our success depends on the successful development, regulatory clearance or approval, introduction and

commercialization of new generations of products, treatment systems, and enhancements to and/or simplification of
existing products that will meet our customers’ needs provide novel, features and compete favorably in the market.
The CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems, which are currently our principal products, are technologically
complex and must keep pace with, among other things, the products of our competitors and new technologies. We
are making significant investments in long-term growth initiatives. Such initiatives require significant capital
commitments, involvement of senior management and other investments on our part, which we may be unable to
recover. Our timeline for the development of new products or enhancements may not be achieved and price and
profitability targets may not prove feasible. Commercialization of new products may prove challenging, and we may
be required to invest more time and money than expected to successfully introduce them. Once introduced, new
products may adversely impact orders and sales of our existing products, or make them less desirable or even
obsolete. Compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences may also impact
the successful implementation of new products or enhancements. Our inability to develop, gain regulatory approval
for or supply competitive products to the market as quickly and effectively as our competitors could limit market
acceptance of our products and reduce our sales.

Our ability to successfully develop and introduce new products, treatment systems and product enhancements and

simplifications, and the revenues and costs associated with these efforts, will be affected by our ability to:

•

properly identify and address customer needs;

prove feasibility of new products in a timely manner;

educate physicians about the use of new products and procedures;

comply with internal quality assurance systems and processes timely and efficiently;

• manage the timing and cost of obtaining regulatory approvals or clearances;

•

accurately predict and control costs associated with inventory overruns caused by phase-in of new products
and phase-out of old products;

price new products competitively;

• manufacture and deliver our products in sufficient volumes on time, and accurately predict and control costs

associated with manufacturing, installation, warranty and maintenance of the products;

• meet our product development plan and launch timelines;

•

improve manufacturing yields of components; and

• manage customer demands for retrofits of both old and new products.

Even if customers accept new products or product enhancements, the revenues from these products may not be

sufficient to offset the significant costs associated with making them available to customers.

We cannot be sure that we will be able to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval or clearance for,

manufacture or introduce new products, treatment systems or enhancements, the roll-out of which involves
compliance with complex quality assurance processes, including QSR. Failure to obtain regulatory approval or
clearance for our products or to complete these processes in a timely and efficient manner could result in delays that
could affect our ability to attract and retain customers, or could cause customers to delay or cancel orders, causing
our backlog, revenues and operating results to suffer.

If we do not effectively manage our growth, our business may be significantly harmed.

In order to implement our business strategy, we expect continued growth in our infrastructure requirements,
particularly as we expand into new and growing markets as well as expand our manufacturing capacities and sales
and marketing capabilities. To manage our growth, we must expand our facilities, augment our management,
operational and financial systems, hire and train additional qualified personnel, scale-up our manufacturing capacity
and expand our marketing and distribution capabilities. Our manufacturing, assembly and installation process is
complex and occurs over many months, and we must effectively scale this entire process to satisfy customer
expectations and changes in demand. Further, to accommodate our growth and compete effectively, we will be
required to improve our information systems. We cannot be certain that our personnel, systems, procedures and
internal controls will be adequate to support our future operations and any expansion of our systems and
infrastructure may require us to commit significant additional financial, operational and management resources. If
we cannot manage our growth effectively, our business will suffer.

We could become subject to product liability claims, product recalls, other field actions and warranty claims that
could be expensive, divert management’s attention and harm our business.

Our business exposes us to potential liability risks that are inherent in the manufacturing, marketing, sale,

installation, servicing and support of medical device products. We may be held liable if a CyberKnife or
TomoTherapy System causes injury or death or is found otherwise unsuitable during usage. Our products
incorporate sophisticated components and computer software. Complex software can contain errors, particularly
when first introduced. In addition, new products or enhancements may contain undetected errors or performance
problems that, despite testing, are discovered only after installation. Because our products are designed to be used to
perform complex surgical and therapeutic procedures involving delivery of radiation to the body, defects, even if
small, could result in a number of complications, some of which could be serious and could harm or kill patients.
Any alleged weaknesses in physician training and services associated with our products may result in unsatisfactory
patient outcomes and product liability lawsuits. It is also possible that defects in the design, manufacture or labeling
of our products might necessitate a product recall or other field corrective action, which may result in warranty
claims beyond our expectations and may harm our reputation and create adverse publicity. A product liability claim,
regardless of its merit or eventual outcome, could result in significant legal defense costs that may not be covered by
insurance and be time-consuming to defend. We may also be subject to claims for personal injury, property damage
or economic loss related to, or resulting from, any errors or defects in our products, or the installation, servicing and
support of our products, or any professional services rendered in conjunction with our products. Adverse publicity
related to any product liability actions may cause patients to be less receptive to radiation therapy generally or our
products specifically and could also result in additional regulation that could adversely affect our ability to promote,
manufacture and sell our products. The coverage limits of our insurance policies may not be adequate to cover future
claims. If sales of our products increase or we suffer future product liability claims, we may be unable to maintain
product liability insurance in the future at satisfactory rates or with adequate amounts of coverage. A product
liability claim, any product recalls or other field actions or excessive warranty claims, whether arising from defects
in design or manufacture or labeling, could negatively affect our sales or require a change in the design,
manufacturing process or the indications for which the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy Systems may be used, any of
which could harm our reputation and business and result in a decline in revenue.

In addition, if a product we designed or manufactured is defective, whether because of design or manufacturing,
or labeling defects, improper use of the product or other reasons, we may be required to notify regulatory authorities
and/or to recall the product, possibly at our expense. We have voluntarily initiated recalls and product corrections in
the past, including two recalls for the CyberKnife System in fiscal year 2017 and one recall for the TomoTherapy
System in fiscal year 2018. The two recalls related to the CyberKnife System were initiated in calendar year 2016
have been closed with FDA. One additional recall related to the CyberKnife System was initiated in fiscal year 2016
continued into fiscal 2017 and was closed in October 2016. The recall related to the TomoTherapy System was
initiated in calendar year 2017 and remains open with the FDA. While no serious adverse health consequences have
been reported in connection with these recalls and the costs associated with each such recall were not material, we
cannot ensure that the FDA will not require that we take additional actions to address problems that resulted in
previous recalls or that similar or more significant product recalls will not occur in the future. A required notification
of a correction or removal to a regulatory authority or recall could result in an investigation by regulatory authorities
of our products, which could in turn result in required recalls, restrictions on the sale of the products or other civil or

criminal penalties. The adverse publicity resulting from any of these actions could cause customers to review and
potentially terminate their relationships with us. These investigations, corrections or recalls, especially if
accompanied by unfavorable publicity, patient injury or termination of customer contracts, could result in incurring
substantial costs, losing revenues and damaging our reputation, each of which would harm our business.

Our reliance on single-source suppliers for critical components of the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems
could harm our ability to meet demand for our products in a timely and cost effective manner.

We currently depend on single-source suppliers for some of the critical components necessary for the assembly
of the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems, including, with respect to the CyberKnife System, the robot, couch
and, magnetron and, with respect to the TomoTherapy Systems, the ring gantry, couch, the solid state modulator and
the magnetron. If any single-source supplier was to cease delivering components to us or fail to provide the
components to our specifications and on a timely basis, we might be required to find alternative sources for these
components. The disruption or termination of the supply of components could cause a significant increase in the
costs of these components, which could affect our results of operations. In some cases, alternative suppliers may be
located in the same geographic area as existing suppliers, and are thus subject to the same economic, political, and
geographic factors that may affect existing suppliers to meet our demand. We may have difficulty or be unable to
find alternative sources for these components. As a result, we may be unable to meet the demand for the CyberKnife
or TomoTherapy Systems, which could harm our ability to generate revenue and damage our reputation. Even if we
do find alternate suppliers, we will be required to qualify any such alternate suppliers and we would likely
experience a lengthy delay in our manufacturing processes or a cessation in production, which would result in delays
of shipment to end users. We cannot assure you that our single-source suppliers will be able or willing to meet our
future demands.

We generally do not maintain large volumes of inventory, which makes us even more susceptible to harm if a
single-source supplier fails to deliver components on a timely basis. Furthermore, if we are required to change the
manufacturer of a critical component of the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy Systems, we will be required to verify that
the new manufacturer maintains facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our quality and applicable
regulatory requirements and guidelines, which could further impede our ability to manufacture our products in a
timely manner. If the change in manufacturer results in a significant change to the product, a new 510(k) clearance
would be necessary, which would likely cause substantial delays. The disruption or termination of the supply of key
components for the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy Systems could harm our ability to manufacture our products in a
timely manner or within budget, harm our ability to generate revenue, lead to customer dissatisfaction and adversely
affect our reputation and results of operations.

We depend on key employees, the loss of whom would adversely affect our business. If we fail to attract and
retain employees with the expertise required for our business, we may be unable to continue to grow our
business.

We are highly dependent on the members of our senior management, sales, marketing, operations and research

and development staff. Our future success will depend in part on our ability to retain our key employees and to
identify, hire and retain additional personnel. Competition for qualified personnel in the medical device industry is
intense and finding and retaining qualified personnel with experience in our industry is very difficult. We believe
there are only a limited number of individuals with the requisite skills to serve in many of our key positions and we
face significant competition for key personnel and other employees, particularly in the San Francisco Bay Area
where our headquarters is located, from other medical equipment and software manufacturers, technology
companies, universities, and research institutions. As a result, we may not be able to retain our existing employees
or hire new employees quickly enough to meet our needs. At the same time, we may face high turnover, requiring us
to expend time and resources to source, train and integrate new employees. The challenging markets in which we
compete for talent may also require us to invest significant amounts of cash and equity to attract and retain
employees. In addition, a significant portion of our compensation to our key employees is in the form of stock
related grants. A prolonged depression in our stock price could make it difficult for us to retain our key and other
employees and recruit additional qualified personnel and we may have to pay additional compensation to employees
to incentivize them to join or stay with the Company. We do not maintain, and do not currently intend to obtain, key
employee life insurance on any of our personnel. If we fail to hire and retain key personnel and other employees, we
may be unable to continue to grow our business successfully.

Disruption of critical information technology systems, infrastructure, and data could harm our business and
financial condition.

Information technology helps us operate more efficiently, interface with customers, maintain financial accuracy

and efficiency, and accurately produce our financial statements. If we do not allocate and effectively manage the
resources necessary to build, sustain and secure the proper technology infrastructure, we could be subject to
transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, the loss of customers, business disruptions, or the loss of or damage to
intellectual property through a security breach. In addition, we have moved some of our data and information to a
cloud computing system, where applications and data are hosted, accessed and processed through a third-party
provider over a broadband Internet connection. In a cloud computing environment, we could be subject to outages
and security breaches by the third-party service provider. If our data management systems do not effectively collect,
store, process and report relevant data for the operation of our business, whether due to equipment malfunction or
constraints, software deficiencies, computer viruses, security breaches, catastrophic events or human error, our
ability to effectively plan, forecast and execute our business plan and comply with applicable laws and regulations
will be impaired, perhaps materially. Any such impairment could materially and adversely affect our financial
condition, results of operations, cash flows and the timeliness with which we internally and externally report our
operating results.

Our information systems require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain, protect, and

enhance existing systems and develop new systems to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing
technology, evolving legal and regulatory standards, the increasing need to protect patient and customer information,
and the information technology needs associated with our changing products and services. There can be no
assurance that our process of consolidating the number of systems we operate, upgrading and expanding our
information systems capabilities, continuing to build security into the design of our products, protecting and
enhancing our systems and developing new systems to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing
technology will be successful or that additional systems issues will not arise in the future.

If we are unable to maintain reliable information technology systems and prevent data breaches, we may suffer
regulatory consequences in addition to business consequences. Our worldwide operations mean that we are subject
to data protection and cyber security laws and regulations in many jurisdictions, and that some of the data we
process, store and transmit may be transmitted across countries. In the U.S., HIPAA privacy and security rules
require us as a business associate to protect the confidentiality of patient health information, and the Federal Trade
Commission has begun to assert authority over protection of privacy and the use of cyber security in information
systems. In Europe, the General Data Protection Regulation requires us to manage individually identifiable
information in the E.U. and, in the event of violations, may impose significant fines of up to the greater of 4% of
worldwide annual revenue or €20 million. In the United Kingdom, a Data Protection Bill that substantially
implements the GDPR became law in May 2018. In June 2018, California passed the California Consumer Privacy
Act of 2018 (CCPA), which will become effective on January 1, 2020. CCPA imposes stringent data privacy and
data protection requirements for the data of California residents, and provides for penalties for noncompliance of up
to $7,500 per violation. China and Russia have also passed laws that require individually identifiable data on their
citizens to be maintained on local servers and that may restrict transfer or processing of that data. In addition, U.S.
and international laws that have been applied to protect user privacy (including laws regarding unfair and deceptive
practices in the U.S. and GDPR in the EU) may be subject to evolving interpretations or applications in light of
privacy developments. With increasing enforcement of privacy, data protection and cyber security laws and
regulations in these jurisdictions and others, there is no guarantee that we will avoid enforcement actions by
governmental bodies or that our costs of compliance will not increase significantly. Enforcement actions can be
costly and interrupt regular operations of our business. In addition, there has been a developing trend of civil
lawsuits and class actions relating to breaches of consumer data held by large companies. While we have not been
named in any such suits, if a substantial breach or loss of data from our records were to occur, we could become a
target of such litigation.

Likewise, data privacy breaches by employees and others with permitted access to our systems may pose a risk

that sensitive data may be exposed to unauthorized person or to the public. There can be no assurance that any
efforts we make to prevent against such privacy breaches will prevent breakdowns or breaches in our systems that
could adversely affect our business. Third parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees or customers into
disclosing user names, passwords or other sensitive information, which may in turn be used to access our

information technology systems. For example, our employees have received “phishing” e-mails attempting to induce
them to divulge sensitive information. In addition, unauthorized persons may attempt to hack into our products or
systems to obtain personal data relating to patients or employees, our confidential or proprietary information or
confidential information we hold on behalf of third parties, which, if successful, could pose a risk of loss of data,
risk to patient safety and risk of product recall. As the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to our systems
change frequently and may be difficult to detect, we may not be able to anticipate and prevent these intrusions or
mitigate them when they occur. Moreover, we manufacture and sell products that allow our customers to store
confidential information about their patients. We do not have measures to secure our customers’ equipment or any
information stored in our customers’ systems or at their locations, which is the responsibility of our customers. A
breach of network security and systems or other events that cause the loss or public disclosure of, or access by third
parties to, sensitive information stored by us or our customers could have serious negative consequences for our
business, including possible fines, penalties and damages, reduced demand for our solutions, an unwillingness of our
customers to use our solutions, harm to our reputation and brand, and time-consuming and expensive litigation, any
of which could have an adverse effect on our financial results.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to
accurately report our financial results. As a result, current and potential stockholders could lose confidence in
our financial reporting, which could have an adverse effect on our business and our stock price.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and to protect from fraudulent,

illegal or unauthorized transactions. If we cannot maintain effective controls and provide reliable financial reports,
our business and operating results could be harmed.

A failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in a material

misstatement of our financial statements or otherwise cause us to fail to meet our financial reporting obligations.
This, in turn, could result in a loss of investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports,
which could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results and our stock price, and we could be
subject to stockholder litigation.

We may have difficulties in determining the effectiveness of our internal controls due to our complex financial
model.

The complexity of our financial model contributes to the difficulties in determining the effectiveness of our
financial reporting systems and internal controls. We recognize revenue from a range of transactions including
CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems sales and services. The CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems are complex
products that contain both hardware and software elements. The complexity of the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy
Systems and of our financial model pertaining to revenue recognition requires us to process a broader range of
financial transactions than would be required by a company with a less complex financial model. Accordingly,
deficiencies or weaknesses in our internal controls would likely impact us more significantly than they would impact
a company with a less complex financial model. If we were to find that our internal controls were deficient, and/or
we would be required to amend or restate historical financial statements, this would likely have a negative impact on
our stock price.

If third-party payors do not provide sufficient coverage and reimbursement to healthcare providers for use of the
CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems, demand for our products and our revenue could be adversely affected.

Our customers rely significantly on reimbursement from public and private third-party payors for CyberKnife
and TomoTherapy systems procedures. Our ability to commercialize our products successfully and increase market
acceptance of our products will depend in significant part on the extent to which public and private third-party
payors provide adequate coverage and reimbursement for procedures that are performed with our products.
Third-party payors may establish or change the reimbursement for medical products and services that could
significantly influence the purchase of medical products and services. If reimbursement policies or other cost
containment measures are instituted in a manner that significantly reduces the coverage or payment for the
procedures that are performed with our products, our revenue may decline, our existing customers may not continue
using our products or may decrease their use of our products, and we may have difficulty obtaining new customers.
Such actions would likely have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

CMS reviews reimbursement rates annually and may implement significant changes in future years, which could

discourage existing and potential customers from purchasing or using our products. Further, outside of the United
States, reimbursement practices vary significantly by country. Market acceptance of our products may depend on the
availability and level of coverage and reimbursement in any country within a particular time.

The safety and efficacy of our products for certain uses is not yet supported by long-term clinical data, and our
products may therefore prove to be less safe and effective than initially thought.

Although we believe that the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems have advantages over competing products
and technologies, we do not have sufficient clinical data demonstrating these advantages for all tumor indications. In
addition, we have only limited five-year patient survival rate data, which is a common long-term measure of clinical
effectiveness in cancer treatment. We also have limited clinical data directly comparing the effectiveness of the
CyberKnife Systems to other competing systems. Future patient studies or clinical experience may indicate that
treatment with the CyberKnife System does not improve patient survival or outcomes.

Likewise, because the TomoTherapy Systems have only been on the market since 2003, we have limited

complication or patient survival rate data with respect to treatment using the system. In addition, while the
effectiveness of radiation therapy is well understood, there is a growing but still limited number of peer-reviewed
medical journal publications regarding the efficacy of highly conformal treatment such as that delivered by the
TomoTherapy System. If future patient studies or clinical experience do not support our beliefs that the
TomoTherapy System offers a more advantageous treatment for a wide variety of cancer types, use of the system
could fail to increase or could decrease, and our business would therefore be adversely affected.

Such results could reduce the rate of reimbursement by both public and private third-party payors for procedures

that are performed with our products, slow the adoption of our products by physicians, significantly reduce our
ability to achieve expected revenues and could prevent us from becoming profitable. In addition, if future results and
experience indicate that our products cause unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative
effects, the FDA could rescind our clearances, our reputation with physicians, patients and others may suffer and we
could be subject to significant legal liability.

We rely on third parties to perform spare parts shipping and other logistics functions on our behalf. A failure or
disruption at our logistics providers would adversely impact our business.

Customer service is a critical element of our sales strategy. Third-party logistics providers store most of our spare
parts inventory in depots around the world and perform a significant portion of our spare parts logistics and shipping
activities. If any of our logistics providers terminates its relationship with us, suffers an interruption in its business,
or experiences delays, disruptions or quality control problems in its operations, or we have to change and qualify
alternative logistics providers for our spare parts, shipments of spare parts to our customers may be delayed and our
reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Third parties may claim we are infringing their intellectual property, and we could suffer significant litigation or
licensing expenses or be prevented from selling our product.

The medical device industry is characterized by a substantial amount of litigation over patent and other

intellectual property rights. In particular, the field of radiation treatment of cancer is well established and crowded
with the intellectual property of competitors and others. We also expect that other participants will enter the field. A
number of companies in our market, as well as universities and research institutions, have issued patents and have
filed patent applications which relate to the use of radiation therapy and stereotactic radiosurgery to treat cancerous
and benign tumors.

Determining whether a product infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, and the outcome of

patent litigation actions is often uncertain. We have not conducted an extensive search of patents issued to third
parties, and no assurance can be given that third-party patents containing claims covering our products, parts of our
products, technology or methods do not exist, have not been filed, or could not be filed or issued. Because of the
number of patents issued and patent applications filed in our technical areas or fields, our competitors or other third
parties may assert that our products and the methods we employ in the use of our products are covered by United
States or foreign patents held by them.

In addition, because patent applications can take many years to issue and because publication schedules for
pending applications vary by jurisdiction, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware, and
which may result in issued patents which our current or future products infringe. Also, because the claims of
published patent applications can change between publication and patent grant, there may be published patent
applications that may ultimately issue with claims that we infringe. There could also be existing patents that one or
more of our products or parts may infringe and of which we are unaware. As the number of competitors in the
market for less invasive cancer treatment alternatives grows, and as the number of patents issued in this area grows,
the possibility of patent infringement claims against us increases. Regardless of the merit of infringement claims,
they can be time-consuming, result in costly litigation and diversion of technical and management personnel. Some
of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can
because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and
continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise funds, if necessary, to
continue our operations.

In the event that we become subject to a patent infringement or other intellectual property lawsuit and if the

relevant patents or other intellectual property were upheld as valid and enforceable and we were found to infringe or
violate the terms of a license to which we are a party, we could be prevented from selling our products unless we
could obtain a license or are able to redesign the product to avoid infringement. Required licenses may not be made
available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to obtain a license or successfully redesign our system,
we might be prevented from selling our system. If there is an allegation or determination that we have infringed the
intellectual property rights of a competitor or other person, we may be required to pay damages, pay ongoing
royalties or otherwise settle such matter upon terms that are unfavorable to us. In these circumstances, we may be
unable to sell our products at competitive prices or at all, and our business and operating results could be harmed.

We may be subject to claims that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their
former employers.

As is common in the medical device industry, we employ individuals who were previously employed at other
medical equipment or biotechnology companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. We may be
subject to claims that we or those employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other
proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we
fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual
property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against claims of this nature, litigation could
result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

It is difficult and costly to protect our intellectual property and our proprietary technologies, and we may not be
able to ensure their protection.

Our success depends significantly on our ability to obtain, maintain and protect our proprietary rights to the

technologies used in our products. Patents and other proprietary rights provide uncertain protections, and we may be
unable to protect our intellectual property. For example, we may be unsuccessful in defending our patents and other
proprietary rights against third-party challenges. As key patents expire, our ability to prevent competitors from
copying our technology may be limited. In addition, patent reform legislation or precedent could increase the
uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our
issued patents.

In addition to patents, we rely on a combination of trade secrets, copyright and trademark laws, nondisclosure

agreements and other contractual provisions and technical security measures to protect our intellectual property
rights. These measures may not be adequate to safeguard the technology underlying our products. If these measures
do not protect our rights adequately, third parties could use our technology, and our ability to compete in the market
would be reduced. Although we have attempted to obtain patent coverage for our technology where available and
appropriate, there are aspects of the technology for which patent coverage was never sought or never received. There
are also countries in which we sell or intend to sell the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy Systems but have no patents or
pending patent applications. Our ability to prevent others from making or selling duplicate or similar technologies
will be impaired in those countries in which we have no patent protection. Although we have several issued patents
in the United States and in foreign countries protecting aspects of the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems, our

pending United States and foreign patent applications may not issue, may issue only with limited coverage or may
issue and be subsequently successfully challenged by others and held invalid or unenforceable. In addition, many
countries limit the enforceability of patents against certain third parties, including government agencies or
government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit. Patent protection must
ultimately be sought on a country-by-country basis, which is an expensive and time consuming process with
uncertain outcomes. Accordingly, we may choose not to seek patent protection in certain countries, and we will not
have the benefit of patent protection in such countries.

Similarly, our issued patents and those of our licensors may not provide us with any competitive advantages.
Competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products which provide outcomes comparable or
superior to ours. Our patents may be held invalid or unenforceable as a result of legal challenges by third parties,
and others may challenge the inventorship or ownership of our patents and pending patent applications. In addition,
the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws
of the United States. In the event a competitor infringes upon our patent or other intellectual property rights,
enforcing those rights may be difficult and time consuming. Even if successful, litigation to enforce our intellectual
property rights or to defend our patents against challenge could be expensive and time consuming and could divert
our management’s attention from our core business. We may not have sufficient resources to enforce our intellectual
property rights or to defend our patents against a challenge. In addition, we may not prevail in any lawsuits that we
initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially valuable. Litigation also puts
our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing.
Additionally, we may provoke third parties to assert claims against us.

We also license patent and other proprietary rights to aspects of our technology to third parties in fields where we

currently do not operate as well as in fields where we currently do operate. Disputes with our licensees may arise
regarding the scope and content of these licenses. Further, our ability to expand into additional fields with our
technologies may be restricted by our existing licenses or licenses we may grant to third parties in the future.

Additionally, we have written agreements with collaborators regarding the ownership of intellectual property
arising from our collaborations. These agreements generally provide that we must negotiate certain commercial
rights with collaborators with respect to joint inventions or inventions made by our collaborators that arise from the
results of the collaboration. In some instances, there may not be adequate written provisions to address clearly the
resolution of intellectual property rights that may arise from a collaboration. If we cannot successfully negotiate
sufficient ownership and commercial rights to the inventions that result from our use of a third-party collaborator’s
materials where required, or if disputes otherwise arise with respect to the intellectual property developed with the
use of a collaborator’s technology, we may be limited in our ability to utilize these intellectual property rights. In
addition, we may face claims by third parties that our agreements with employees, contractors or consultants
obligating them to assign intellectual property to us are ineffective or in conflict with prior or competing contractual
obligations of assignment, which could result in ownership disputes regarding intellectual property we have
developed or will develop and interfere with our ability to capture the commercial value of such intellectual
property. Litigation may be necessary to resolve an ownership dispute, and if we are not successful, we may be
precluded from using certain intellectual property or may lose our exclusive rights in that intellectual property.
Either outcome could harm our business.

The policies we have in place to protect our trade secrets may not be effective in preventing misappropriation of

our trade secrets by others. In addition, confidentiality agreements executed by our employees, consultants and
advisors may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary
information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure. Litigating a trade secret claim is expensive and time
consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less
willing to protect trade secrets. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge
methods and know-how. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be unable to prevent
competitors from using our own inventions and intellectual property to compete against us and our business may be
harmed.

Unfavorable results of legal proceedings could materially and adversely affect our financial condition.

We are and may become a party to legal proceedings, claims and other legal matters in the ordinary course of
business or otherwise. These legal proceedings, claims and other legal matters, regardless of merit, may be costly,
time-consuming and require the attention of key management and other personnel. The outcomes of such matters are
uncertain and difficult to predict. If any such matters are adjudicated against us, in whole or in part, we may be
subject to substantial monetary damages, disgorgement of profits, and injunctions that prevent us from operating our
business, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition. We cannot
guarantee that our insurance coverage will be sufficient to cover any damages awarded against us. Further, legal
proceedings, and any adverse resolution thereof, can result in adverse publicity and damage to our reputation, which
could adversely impact our business.

Because the majority of our product revenue is derived from sales of the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems,
which have a long and variable sales and installation cycle, our revenues and cash flows may be volatile and
difficult to predict.

Our primary products are the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems. We expect to generate substantially all of

our revenue for the foreseeable future from sales of and service contracts for the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy
Systems. The CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems have lengthy sales and purchase order cycles because they are
major capital equipment items and require the approval of senior management at purchasing institutions. In addition,
sales to some of our customers are subject to competitive bidding or public tender processes. These approval and
bidding processes can be lengthy. Selling our systems, from first contact with a potential customer to a complete
order, generally spans six months to two years and involves personnel with multiple skills. The sales process in the
United States typically begins with pre-selling activity followed by sales presentations and other sales related
activities. After the customer has expressed an intention to purchase a CyberKnife or TomoTherapy System, we
negotiate and enter into a definitive purchase contract with the customer. The negotiation of terms that are not
standard for Accuray may require additional time and approvals. Typically, following the execution of the contract,
the customer begins the building or renovation of a radiation-shielded facility to house the CyberKnife or
TomoTherapy System, which together with the subsequent installation of the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy System,
can take up to 24 months to complete. In order to construct this facility, the customer must typically obtain radiation
device installation permits, which are granted by state and local government bodies, each of which may have
different criteria for permit issuance. If a permit was denied for installation at a specific hospital or treatment center,
our CyberKnife or TomoTherapy System could not be installed at that location. In addition, some of our customers
are cancer centers or facilities that are new, and in these cases it may be necessary for the entire facility to be
completed before the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy System can be installed, which can result in additional
construction and installation delays. Our sales and installations of CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems tend to be
heaviest during the third month of each fiscal quarter.

Under our revenue recognition policy, we generally do not recognize revenue attributable to a CyberKnife or
TomoTherapy System purchase until after installation has occurred, if we are responsible for providing installation.
For international sales through distributors, we typically recognize revenue when the system is shipped and we have
evidence of a purchase commitment from the end user. Under our current forms of purchase and service contracts,
we record a majority of the purchase price as revenue for a CyberKnife or TomoTherapy System upon installation or
delivery of the system. Events beyond our control may delay installation and the satisfaction of contingencies
required to receive cash inflows and recognize revenue, including delays in the customer obtaining funding or
financing, delays in construction at the customer site or delays in the customer obtaining receipt of regulatory
approvals such as certificates of need.

The long sales cycle, together with delays in the shipment and installation of CyberKnife and TomoTherapy
Systems or customer cancellations that could affect our ability to recognize revenue, could adversely affect our cash
flows and revenue, which would harm our results of operations and may result in significant fluctuations in our
reporting of quarterly revenues. Because of these fluctuations, it is likely that in some future quarters, our operating
results will fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors. If that happens, the market price of our
stock would likely decrease. These fluctuations also mean that you will not be able to rely upon our operating results
in any particular period as an indication of future performance.

We depend on third-party distributors to market and distribute our products in international markets. If our
distributors fail to successfully market and distribute our products, our business will be materially harmed.

We depend on a number of distributors in our international markets. We cannot control the efforts and resources
our third-party distributors will devote to marketing the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy Systems. Our distributors may
not be able to successfully market and sell the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy Systems, may not devote sufficient time
and resources to support the marketing and selling efforts and may not market the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy
Systems at prices that will permit the product to develop, achieve or sustain market acceptance. In some
jurisdictions, we rely on our distributors to manage the regulatory process, and we are dependent on their ability to
do so effectively. In addition, if a distributor is terminated by us or goes out of business, it may take us a period of
time to locate an alternative distributor, to seek appropriate regulatory approvals and to train its personnel to market
the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy Systems, and our ability to sell and service the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy
Systems in the region formerly serviced by such terminated distributor could be materially and adversely affected.
Any of our distributors could become insolvent or otherwise become unable to pay amounts owed to us when due. If
any of these distributor relationships end and are not replaced, our revenues from product sales or the ability to
service our products in the territories serviced by these distributors could be adversely affected. Any of these factors
could materially and adversely affect our revenue from international markets, increase our costs in those markets or
damage our reputation. If we are unable to attract additional international distributors, our international revenue may
not grow. If our distributors experience difficulties, do not actively market the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy
Systems or do not otherwise perform under our distribution agreements, our potential for revenue and gross margins
from international markets may be dramatically reduced, and our business could be harmed.

The high unit price of the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems, as well as other factors, may contribute to
substantial fluctuations in our operating results, which could adversely affect our stock price.

Because of the high unit price of the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems and the relatively small number of
units installed each quarter, each installation of a CyberKnife or TomoTherapy System can represent a significant
percentage of our revenue for a particular quarter. Therefore, if we do not install a CyberKnife or TomoTherapy
System when anticipated, our operating results will vary significantly from our expectations. This is of particular
concern in the current volatile economic environment, where we have had experiences with customers cancelling or
postponing orders for our CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems and delaying any required build-outs. These
fluctuations and other potential fluctuations mean that you should not rely upon our operating results in any
particular period as an indication of future performance.

As a strategy to assist our sales efforts, we may offer extended payment terms, which may potentially result in
higher days sales outstanding, reduced cash flows in a particular period and greater payment defaults.

We offer longer or extended payment terms for qualified customers in some circumstances. As of June 30, 2018,
customer contracts with extended payment terms of more than one year amounted to approximately 9% of our total
accounts receivable balance. While we qualify customers to whom we offer longer or extended payment terms, their
financial positions may change adversely over the longer time period given for payment. This may result in an
increase in payment defaults, which would affect our revenue, as we recognize revenue on such transactions on a
cash basis. Any increase in days sales outstanding could also negatively affect our cash flow.

Our operations are vulnerable to interruption or loss because of natural disasters, epidemics, terrorist acts and
other events beyond our control, which would adversely affect our business.

We have facilities in countries around the world, including three manufacturing facilities, each of which is

equipped to manufacture unique components of our products. The manufacturing facilities are located in Sunnyvale,
California, Madison, Wisconsin and Chengdu, China. We do not maintain backup manufacturing facilities for all of
our manufacturing facilities or for our IT facilities, so we depend on each of our current facilities for the continued
operation of our business. In addition, we conduct a significant portion of other activities, including administration
and data processing, at facilities located in the State of California which has experienced major earthquakes in the
past, as well as other natural disasters. Chengdu, China, where one of our manufacturing facilities is located, has
also experienced major earthquakes in the past. We do not carry earthquake insurance. Unexpected events at any of
our facilities, including fires or explosions; natural disasters, such as hurricanes, floods, tornados and earthquakes;

war or terrorist activities; unplanned outages; supply disruptions; and failures of equipment or systems, or the failure
to take adequate steps to mitigate the likelihood or potential impact of such events, could significantly disrupt our
operations, delay or prevent product manufacture and shipment for the time required to repair, rebuild or replace our
manufacturing facilities, which could be lengthy, result in large expenses to repair or replace the facilities, and
adversely affect our results of operation. In addition, concerns about terrorism, the effects of a terrorist attack,
political turmoil or an epidemic outbreak could have a negative effect on our operations, those of our suppliers and
customers and the ability to travel, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may attempt to acquire new businesses, products or technologies, or enter into strategic collaborations or
alliances, including forming joint ventures, and if we are unable to successfully complete these acquisitions or to
integrate acquired businesses, products, technologies or employees, we may fail to realize expected benefits or
harm our existing business.

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to expand our product offerings and grow our business in

response to changing technologies, customer demands and competitive pressures. In some circumstances, we may
determine to do so through the acquisition of complementary businesses, products or technologies, or through
collaborating with complementary businesses, including forming joint ventures, rather than through internal
development. The identification of suitable acquisition or alliance candidates can be difficult, time consuming and
costly, and we may not be able to successfully complete identified acquisitions or alliances. Other companies may
compete with us for these strategic opportunities. In addition, even if we successfully complete an acquisition or
alliance, we may not be able to successfully integrate newly acquired organizations, products or technologies into
our operations, and the process of integration could be expensive, time consuming and may strain our resources, and
we may not realize the expected benefits of any acquisition, collaboration, joint venture or strategic alliance.
Furthermore, the products and technologies that we acquire or with respect to which we collaborate may not be
successful, or may require significantly greater resources and investments than we originally anticipated. In addition,
we may not be in a position to exercise sole decision making authority regarding any strategic collaboration, alliance
or joint venture, which could result in impasses on decisions or decisions made by our partners, and our partners in
such collaborations, alliances or joint ventures may have economic or business interests that are, or may become,
inconsistent with our interests. Collaborations, alliances and joint ventures can be difficult to manage and may
involve significant expense and divert the focus or attention of our management and other key personnel. With
respect to any acquisition, we may be unable to retain employees of acquired companies, or retain the acquired
company’s customers, suppliers, distributors or other partners who are our competitors or who have close
relationships with our competitors. Consequently, we may not achieve anticipated benefits of the acquisitions or
alliances which could harm our existing business. In addition, future acquisitions or alliances could result in
potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or expenses, or
other charges such as in-process research and development, any of which could harm our business and affect our
financial results or cause a reduction in the price of our common stock.

Multiple factors may adversely affect our ability to fully utilize certain tax loss carryforwards.

As of June 30, 2018, we had approximately $329.7 million and $146.8 million in federal and state net operating
loss carry forwards, respectively. The federal and state carryforwards expire in varying amounts beginning in 2019
for both federal and state purposes. In addition, as of June 30, 2018, we had federal and state research and
development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $18.9 million and $19.2 million, respectively. The federal
research credits will begin to expire in 2019, the California research credits have no expiration date, and the other
state research credits began to expire in 2014. Utilization of our net operating loss and credit carry forwards is
subject to annual limitation due to the application of the ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 of
the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions to us. Future changes in our stock ownership, including
future offerings, as well as changes that may be outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. However, none of the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards
are expected to expire as a result of the ownership change limitation.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

In December 2017, the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” (the “Tax Act”) was enacted into law, which significantly

amends the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The Tax Act, among other things, reduces the corporate tax rate from a
top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%, limits the tax deduction for interest expense to 30% of adjusted
earnings, eliminates net operating loss carrybacks, imposes a one-time tax on offshore earnings at reduced rates
regardless of whether they are repatriated, allows immediate deductions for certain new investments instead of
deductions for depreciation expense over time, and modifies or repeals many business deductions and credits. We
continue to examine the impact these changes may have on our business. Notwithstanding the reduction in the
corporate income tax rate, the overall impact of the Tax Act is uncertain and our business and financial condition
could be adversely affected.

Our results may be impacted by changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Currently, the majority of our international sales are denominated in U.S. Dollars. As a result, an increase in the
value of the U.S. Dollar relative to foreign currencies could require us to reduce our sales price or make our products
less competitive in international markets. For example, the announcement of Brexit caused severe volatility in global
currency exchange rate fluctuations that resulted in the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against foreign currencies in
which we conduct business. We believe the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar has caused a potential delay in orders
and we may continue to see our sales decline due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar. Also, if our international
sales increase, we may enter into a greater number of transactions denominated in non-U.S. Dollars, which would
expose us to foreign currency risks, including changes in currency exchange rates. If we are unable to address these
risks and challenges effectively, our international operations may not be successful and our business would be
materially harmed.

Changes in interpretation or application of generally accepted accounting principles may adversely affect our
operating results.

We prepare our financial statements to conform to United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.
These principles are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Securities and Exchange
Commission and various other regulatory or accounting bodies. A change in interpretations of, or our application of,
these principles can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our reporting of
transactions completed before a change is announced. Additionally, as we are required to adopt new accounting
standards, our methods of accounting for certain items may change, which could cause our results of operations to
fluctuate from period to period. For example, due to the significance of the software component in certain of our
products, we are currently bound by the software revenue recognition rules for a portion of our business.

Our liquidity could be adversely impacted by adverse conditions in the financial markets.

At June 30, 2018, we had $83.1 million in cash and cash equivalents. The available cash and cash equivalents are
held in accounts managed by third-party financial institutions and consist of cash in our operating accounts and cash
invested in money market funds. The investments are managed by third-party financial institutions and primarily
consist of U.S. agency and corporate debt securities. To date, we have experienced no material realized losses on or
lack of access to our invested cash, cash equivalents or investments; however, we can provide no assurances that
access to our invested cash and cash equivalents will not be impacted by adverse conditions in the financial markets.

At any point in time, we also have funds in our operating accounts that are with third-party financial institutions

that exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance limits. While we monitor daily the cash
balances in our operating accounts and adjust the cash balances as appropriate, these cash balances could be
impacted if the underlying financial institutions fail or become subject to other adverse conditions in the financial
markets. To date, we have experienced no loss or lack of access to cash in our operating accounts.

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and our failure to raise capital when needed could
prevent us from executing our growth strategy.

While we believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and investments will be sufficient to meet our

anticipated cash needs for at least the next twelve months, the timing and amount of our working capital and capital
expenditure requirements may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the other risk factors
described above and below.

If our capital resources are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity

securities or debt securities or obtain other debt financing, which could be difficult or impossible depending on the
state of economic and capital markets environments at the time, as well as the state of our business, operating results
and financial condition. Our debt levels may impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future. The sale
of additional equity securities or convertible debt securities would result in additional dilution to our stockholders.
We cannot assure that additional financing, if required or desired, will be available in amounts or on terms
acceptable to us, if at all.

Risks Related to the Regulation of our Products and Business

Modifications, upgrades and future products related to the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy Systems or new
indications may require new FDA 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals, and such modifications, or any
defects in design, manufacture or labeling may require us to recall or cease marketing the CyberKnife or
TomoTherapy Systems until approvals or clearances are obtained.

The CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems are medical devices that are subject to extensive regulation in the

United States by local, state and the federal government, including by the FDA. The FDA regulates virtually all
aspects of a medical device’s design, development, testing manufacturing, labeling, storage, record keeping, adverse
event reporting, sale, promotion, distribution and shipping. Before a new medical device, or a new intended use or
indication of or claim for an existing product, can be marketed in the United States, it must first receive either
premarket approval or 510(k) clearance from the FDA, unless an exemption exists. Either process can be expensive,
lengthy and unpredictable. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process generally takes from three to twelve months, but it
can last longer. The process of obtaining premarket approval is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k)
clearance process and it generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the application is filed
with the FDA. Additionally, outside of the United States, our products are subject to clearances and approvals by
foreign governmental agencies similar to the FDA. In order to market our products internationally, we must obtain
clearances or approvals from these governmental agencies, which could include local requirements and safety
standards, which can be time consuming, burdensome and uncertain. Despite the time, effort and cost, there can be
no assurance that a particular device or a modification of a device will be approved or cleared by the FDA or any
foreign governmental agency in a timely fashion, if at all. Even if we are granted regulatory clearances or approvals,
they may include significant limitations on the indicated uses of the product, which may limit the market for those
products, and how those products can be promoted.

Medical devices may be marketed only for the indications for which they are approved or cleared. The FDA also
may change its policies, adopt additional regulations, or revise existing regulations, each of which could prevent or
delay premarket approval or 510(k) clearance of our device, or could impact our ability to market our currently
cleared device. We are also subject to medical device reporting regulations which require us to report to the FDA if
our products cause or contribute to a death or a serious injury, or malfunction in a way that would likely cause or
contribute to a death or a serious injury. We also are subject to QSR, compliance with which is necessary to receive
FDA clearance or approval to market new products and is necessary for us to be able to continue to market a cleared
or approved product in the United States. After a product is placed in the market, we are also subject to regulations
by the FDA and Federal Trade Commission related to the advertising and promotion of our products to ensure our
claims are consistent with our regulatory clearances, that there is scientific data to substantiate our claims and that
our advertising is not false or misleading. Our products are also subject to state regulations and various worldwide
laws and regulations.

A component of our strategy is to continue to upgrade the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems. Upgrades
previously released by us required 510(k) clearance before we were able to offer them for sale. We expect our future
upgrades will similarly require 510(k) clearance; however, future upgrades may be subject to the substantially more
time consuming data generation requirements and uncertain premarket approval or clearance process. If we were
required to use the premarket approval process for future products or product modifications, it could delay or
prevent release of the proposed products or modifications, which could harm our business.

The FDA requires device manufacturers to make their own determination of whether or not a modification

requires an approval or clearance; however, the FDA can review a manufacturer’s decision not to submit for
additional approvals or clearances. Any modification to an FDA approved or cleared device that would significantly
affect its safety or efficacy or that would constitute a major change in its intended use would require a new
premarket approval or 510(k) clearance. The FDA has recently issued a draft guidance that, if finalized, will result in
manufacturers needing to seek a significant number of new or additional clearances for changes made to legally
marketed devices. We cannot assure you that the FDA will agree with our decisions not to seek approvals or
clearances for particular device modifications or that we will be successful in obtaining premarket approvals or
510(k) clearances for modifications in a timely fashion, if at all.

We have obtained 510(k) clearance for the CyberKnife Systems for the treatment of tumors anywhere in the body

where radiation is indicated, and we have obtained 510(k) clearance for the TomoTherapy Systems to be used as
integrated systems for the planning and delivery of IMRT for the treatment of cancer. We have made modifications
to the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems in the past and may make additional modifications in the future that
we believe do not or will not require additional approvals or clearances. If the FDA disagrees, based on new
finalized guidance and requires us to obtain additional premarket approvals or 510(k) clearances for any
modifications to the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy Systems and we fail to obtain such approvals or clearances or fail
to secure approvals or clearances in a timely manner, we may be required to cease manufacturing and marketing the
modified device or to recall such modified device until we obtain FDA approval or clearance and we may be subject
to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

The FDA and similar governmental authorities in other countries in which we market and sell our products have

the authority to require the recall of our products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design,
manufacture or labeling. A government mandated recall, or a voluntary recall by us, could occur as a result of
component failures, manufacturing errors or design defects, including defects in labeling and user manuals. Any
recall could divert management’s attention, cause us to incur significant expenses, generate negative publicity, harm
our reputation with customers, negatively affect our future sales and business, require redesign of the CyberKnife or
TomoTherapy Systems, and harm our operating results. In these circumstances, we may also be subject to
significant enforcement action. If any of these events were to occur, our ability to introduce new or enhanced
products in a timely manner would be adversely affected, which in turn would harm our future growth.

We are subject to federal, state and foreign laws and regulations applicable to our operations, the violation of
which could result in substantial penalties and harm our business.

In addition to regulation by the FDA and similar governmental authorities in other countries, our operations are
subject to other laws and regulations, such as laws and rules governing interactions with healthcare providers, anti-
corruption laws, privacy rules and transparency laws. In order to maintain compliance with these laws and
requirements, we must continually keep abreast of any changes or developments to be able to integrate compliance
protocols into the development and regulatory documentation of our products. Failure to maintain compliance could
result in substantial penalties to us and harm our business.

Laws and ethical rules governing interactions with healthcare providers. The Medicare and Medicaid

“anti-kickback” laws, and similar state laws, prohibit soliciting, offering, paying or accepting any payments or other
remuneration that is intended to induce any individual or entity to either refer patients to or purchase, lease or order,
or arrange for or recommend the purchase, lease or order of, healthcare products or services for which payment may
be made under federal and state healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid. Such laws impact our sales,
marketing and other promotional activities by reducing the types of financial arrangements we may have with our
customers, potential customers, marketing consultants and other service providers. They particularly impact how we
structure our sales offerings, including discount practices, customer support, product loans, education and training
programs, physician consulting, research grants and other service arrangements. Many of these laws are broadly
drafted and are open to a variety of interpretations, making it difficult to determine with any certainty whether
certain arrangements violate such laws, even if statutory safe harbors are available.

In addition to such anti-kickback laws, federal and state “false claims” laws generally prohibit the knowing filing

or causing the filing of a false claim or the knowing use of false statements to obtain payment from government
payors. Although we do not submit claims directly to payors, manufacturers can be held liable under these laws if
they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims by providing inaccurate billing or coding
information to customers, or through certain other activities, including promoting products for uses or indications
that are not approved by the FDA.

We are also subject to federal and state physician self-referral laws. The federal Ethics in Patient Referrals Act of

1989, commonly known as the Stark Law, prohibits, subject to certain exceptions, physician referrals of Medicare
and Medicaid patients to an entity providing certain “designated health services” if the physician or an immediate
family member has any financial relationship with the entity. The Stark Law also prohibits the entity receiving the
referral from billing any good or service furnished pursuant to an unlawful referral. Various states have corollary
laws to the Stark Law, including laws that require physicians to disclose any financial interest they may have with a
healthcare provider to their patients when referring patients to that provider. Both the scope and exceptions for such
laws vary from state to state.

If our past or present operations are found to be in violation of any of these “anti-kickback,” “false claims,”
“self-referral” or other similar laws in foreign jurisdictions, we may be subject to the applicable penalty associated
with the violation, which may include significant civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment and
exclusion from healthcare programs. The impact of any such violations may lead to curtailment or restructuring of
our operations, which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

Anti-corruption laws. We are also subject to laws regarding the conduct of business overseas, such as the U.S.

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010, the Brazil Clean Companies Act, and other
similar laws in foreign countries in which we operate. The FCPA prohibits the provision of illegal or improper
inducements to foreign government officials in connection with the obtaining of business overseas. Becoming
familiar with and implementing the infrastructure necessary to ensure that we and our distributors comply with such
laws, rules and regulations and mitigate and protect against corruption risks could be quite costly, and there can be
no assurance that any policies and procedures we do implement will protect us against liability under the FCPA or
related laws for actions taken by our employees, executive officers, distributors, agents and other intermediaries
with respect to our business. Violations of the FCPA or other similar laws by us or any of our employees, executive
officers, distributors, agents or other intermediaries could subject us or the individuals involved to criminal or civil
liability, cause a loss of reputation in the market, and materially harm our business.

Laws protecting patient health information. There are a number of federal and state laws protecting the

confidentiality of certain patient health information, including patient records, and restricting the use and disclosure
of that protected information. In particular, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) has
promulgated patient privacy rules under the HIPAA. These privacy rules protect medical records and other personal
health information of patients by limiting their use and disclosure, giving patients the right to access, amend and
seek accounting of their own health information and limiting most uses and disclosures of health information to the
minimum amount reasonably necessary to accomplish the intended purpose. The HIPAA privacy standard was
amended by the HITECH, enacted as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. Although we
are not a “covered entity” under HIPAA, we are considered a “business associate” of certain covered entities and, as
such, we are directly subject to HIPAA, including its enforcement scheme and inspection requirements, and are
required to implement policies, procedures as well as reasonable and appropriate physical, technical and
administrative security measures to protect individually identifiable health information we receive from covered
entities. Our failure to protect health information received from customers in compliance with HIPAA or other laws
could subject us to civil and criminal liability to the government and civil liability to the covered entity, could result
in adverse publicity, and could harm our business and impair our ability to attract new customers.

Transparency laws. The Sunshine Act, which was enacted by Congress as part of the Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act on December 14, 2011, requires each applicable manufacturer, which includes medical device
companies such as Accuray, to track and report to the federal government on an annual basis all payments and other
transfers of value from such applicable manufacturer to U.S. licensed physicians and teaching hospitals as well as
physician ownership of such applicable manufacturer’s equity, in each case subject to certain statutory exceptions.
Such data will be made available by the government on a publicly searchable website. Failure to comply with the
data collection and reporting obligations imposed by the Sunshine Act can result in civil monetary penalties ranging
from $1,000 to $10,000 for each payment or other transfer of value that is not reported (up to a maximum of
$150,000 per reporting period) and from $10,000 to $100,000 for each knowing failure to report (up to a maximum
of $1 million per reporting period). In addition, we are subject to similar state and foreign laws related to the
tracking and reporting of payments and other transfers of value to healthcare professionals, the violation of which
could, among other things, result in civil monetary penalties and adversely impact our reputation and business.

Regulations related to “conflict minerals” may force us to incur additional expenses, may result in damage to our
business reputation and may adversely impact our ability to conduct our business.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules promulgated by the SEC under

such act require companies, including Accuray, to disclose the existence in their products of certain metals,
including tantalum, tin, gold, tungsten and their derivatives, that originate from the Democratic Republic of the
Congo and adjoining countries. Under these rules, we are required to obtain sourcing data from suppliers, perform
supply chain due diligence, and file annually with the SEC a specialized disclosure report on Form SD covering the
prior calendar year. These requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability, and pricing of minerals
used in the manufacture of components used in our products. We may face reputational harm if we determine that
certain of our components contain minerals not determined to be conflict free or if we are unable to alter our
processes or sources of supply to avoid using such materials. Additionally, we may also encounter customers who
require that all of the components of our products be certified as conflict free. If we are not able to meet this
requirement, such customers may choose not to purchase our products, which could adversely impact sales of our
products, and impact our results of operation. In addition, we have incurred and expect to incur additional costs to
comply with these disclosure requirements, including costs related to determining the source of any of the relevant
minerals and metals used in our products.

If we or our distributors do not obtain and maintain the necessary regulatory approvals in a specific country, we
will not be able to market and sell our products in that country.

To be able to market and sell our products in a specific country, we or our distributors must comply with
applicable laws and regulations of that country. In jurisdictions where we rely on our distributors to manage the
regulatory process, we are dependent on their ability to do so effectively. While the laws and regulations of some
countries do not impose barriers to marketing and selling our products or only require notification, others require
that we or our distributors obtain the approval of a specified regulatory body. These laws and regulations, including
the requirements for approvals, and the time required for regulatory review vary from country to country. The
governmental agencies regulating medical devices in some countries, for example, require that the user interface on
medical device software be in the local language. We currently provide user guides and manuals, both paper copies
and electronically, in the local language but only provide an English language version of the user interface.
Obtaining regulatory approvals is expensive and time-consuming, and we cannot be certain that we or our
distributors will receive regulatory approvals in each country in which we market or plan to market our products. If
we modify our products, we or our distributors may need to apply for additional regulatory approvals before we are
permitted to sell them. We may not continue to meet the quality and safety standards required to maintain the
authorizations that we or our distributors have received. It can also be costly for us and our distributors to keep up
with regulatory changes issued or mandated from time to time. If we change distributors, it may be time-consuming
and disruptive to our business to transfer the required regulatory approvals, particularly if such approvals are
maintained by our third-party distributors on our behalf. If we or our distributors are unable to maintain our
authorizations, or fail to obtain appropriate authorizations in a particular country, we will no longer be able to sell
our products in that country, and our ability to generate revenue will be materially adversely affected.

Within the European Union, we are required under the Medical Device Directive to affix the Conformité

Européene, or CE, mark on our products in order to sell the products in member countries of the EU. This
conformity to the applicable directives is done through self-declaration and is verified by an independent
certification body, called a Notified Body, before the CE mark can be placed on the device. Once the CE mark is
affixed to the device, the Notified Body will regularly audit us to ensure that we remain in compliance with the
applicable European laws or directives. CE marking demonstrates that our products comply with the laws and
regulations required by the European Union countries to allow free movement of trade within those countries. If we
cannot support our performance claims and/or demonstrate or maintain compliance with the applicable European
laws and directives, we lose our CE mark, which would prevent us from selling our products within the European
Union.

Under the Pharmaceutical Affairs Law in Japan, a pre-market approval necessary to sell, market and import a
product, or Shonin, must be obtained from the Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare (MHLW), for our products.
Before issuing approvals, MHLW examines the application in detail with regard to the quality, efficacy, and safety
of the proposed medical device. The Shonin is granted once MHLW is content with the safety and effectiveness of
the medical device. The time required for approval varies. A delay in approval could prevent us from selling our
products in Japan, which could impact our ability to generate revenue and harm our business.

In addition to laws and regulations regarding medical devices, we are subject to a variety of environmental laws
and regulations around the world regulating our operations, including those relating to the use, generation, handling,
storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials, which laws impose compliance costs on our
business and can also result in liability to us. Although we follow procedures intended to comply with existing
environmental laws and regulations, risk of accidental contamination or injury can never be fully eliminated. In the
event of an accident, state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of these materials and
interrupt our business operations. In addition, future changes in these laws and regulations could also increase our
costs of doing business. We must continually keep abreast of these standards and requirements and integrate our
compliance into the development and regulatory documentation for our products. Failure to meet these standards
could limit our ability to market our products in those regions that require compliance to such standards. For
example, the European Union has adopted directives that may lead to restrictions on the use of certain hazardous
substances or other regulated substances in some of our products sold there, unless such products are eligible for an
exemption. While we believe that certain of our products are exempt, there can be no guarantee that such
determination would not be challenged or that the regulations would not change in a way that would subject our
products to such regulation. These directives, along with other laws and regulations that may be adopted by other
countries, could increase our operating costs in order to maintain access to certain markets, which could adversely
affect our business.

Healthcare reform legislation could adversely affect demand for our products, our revenue and our financial
condition.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, known as the Accordable Care Act (ACA), and

the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 were signed into law. The ACA provides for, among
other things, a 2.3% excise tax on U.S. sales of medical devices, including our products, effective as of 2013. The
excise tax was suspended for a two year period beginning January 1, 2016 and was recently further suspended
through December 31, 2019. If and when enacted, this tax burden may have a material, negative impact on our
business, results of operations and cash flow. In addition, these two pieces of legislation include a large number of
other health related provisions, including expanding Medicaid eligibility, requiring most individuals to have health
insurance, establishing new regulations on health plans, establishing health insurance exchanges, requiring
manufacturers to report payments or other transfers of value made to physicians and teaching hospitals, modifying
certain payment systems to encourage more cost-effective care and a reduction of inefficiencies and waste and
including new tools to address fraud and abuse. The laws also include a decrease in the annual rate of inflation for
Medicare payments to hospitals and the establishment of an independent payment advisory board to suggest
methods of reducing the rate of growth in Medicare spending. We do not yet know the full impact that the ACA will
have on our business. The taxes imposed by the ACA and the expansion in the government's role in the U.S.
healthcare industry may result in decreased profits to us, lower reimbursement by third-party payors for our
products, or reduced volume of medical procedures conducted with our products, all of which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The federal government may take
further action regarding the ACA, including, but not limited to, repeal or replacement. Most recently, the Tax Act
was signed into law in December 2017, which, among other things, removed penalties for not complying with the
individual mandate to carry health insurance. Additionally, all or a portion of the ACA and related subsequent

legislation may be modified, repealed or otherwise invalidated through judicial challenge, which could result in
lower numbers of insured individuals, reduced coverage for insured individuals and adversely affect our business.

In addition, since the adoption of the Affordable Care Act, other legislation designed to keep federal healthcare
costs down has been proposed or passed. For example, under the sequestration required by the Budget Control Act
of 2011, as amended by the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, Medicare payments for all items and services
under Parts A and B incurred on or after April 1, 2013 have been reduced by up to 2%. Future federal legislation
may impose further limitations on the coverage or amounts of reimbursement available for our products from
governmental agencies or third-party payors. These limitations could have a negative impact on the demand for our
products and services, and therefore on our financial position and results of operations.

Since the enactment of the ACA, CMS continues its efforts to move away from fee-for-service payments for
furnishing items and services in Medicare. In the past several rulemaking cycles, CMS has increased packaging
policies and created larger payment bundles across the Medicare Hospital Outpatient Prospective Payment System
(OPPS). One example is CMS’ expansion of Comprehensive Ambulatory Payment Classifications (C-APCs), under
which payment for adjunctive and secondary items, services and procedures are packaged into the most costly
primary procedure at the claim level. Beyond the OPPS, CMS’ Innovation Center has launched a number of
alternative payment model (APM) demonstrations that involve episode-based payment. Since 2011, for example,
CMMI has created or is in the process of creating major federal initiatives to test episode-based payments, such as
the Bundled Payments for Care Improvement (BPCI), Oncology Care Model (OCM), and Specialty Practitioners
Payment Model Opportunities.

Furthermore, the Patient Access and Medicare Protection Act (PAMPA) of 2015 froze payment for some

radiation therapy delivery and related services, and requires CMS to provide a report to Congress on the
development of an APM for radiation therapy services provided in non-facility settings. While these types of
payment packaging policies and episode-based payments may impact reimbursement for overall patient care,
including items and services furnished to patients, they also create incentives for providers to carefully assess the
value proposition of technology purchases and uses. The impacts of these payment and delivery system changes are
in their infancy and their overall effects remain under review.

Future legislative or policy initiatives directed at reducing costs could be introduced at either the federal or state
level. We cannot predict what healthcare reform legislation or regulations, if any, including any potential repeal or
amendment of the ACA, will be enacted in the United States or elsewhere, what impact any legislation or
regulations related to the healthcare system that may be enacted or adopted in the future might have on our business,
or the effect of ongoing uncertainty or public perception about these matters will have on the purchasing decisions
of our customers. However, the implementation of new legislation and regulation may materially lower
reimbursements for our products, materially reduce medical procedure volumes and significantly and adversely
affect our business.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

The price of our common stock is volatile and may continue to fluctuate significantly, which could lead to losses
for stockholders.

The trading prices of the stock of high-technology companies of our size can experience extreme price and

volume fluctuations. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or out of proportion to the operating performance
of these companies. Our stock price has experienced periods of volatility. Broad market fluctuations may also harm
our stock price. Any negative change in the public’s perception of the prospects of companies that employ similar
technology or sell into similar markets could also depress our stock price, regardless of our actual results.

In addition to the other risk factors described above and below, factors affecting the trading price of our common

stock include:

•

regulatory developments related to manufacturing, marketing or sale of the CyberKnife or TomoTherapy
Systems;

•

political or social uncertainties;

changes in product pricing policies;

variations in our operating results, as well as costs and expenditures;

announcements of technological innovations, new services or service enhancements, strategic alliances or
significant agreements by us or by our competitors;

changes in analysts’ estimates, investors’ perceptions, recommendations by securities analysts or our failure
to achieve analysts’ and our own estimates;

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

the performance of our competitors and investor perception of the markets and industries in which we
compete;

announcement of strategic transactions or capital raising activities; and

• market conditions in our industry, the industries of our customers and the economy as a whole.

The sale of material amounts of common stock by our stockholders could encourage short sales by third parties
and depress the price of our common stock.

The downward pressure on our stock price caused by the sale of a significant number of shares of our common

stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, by any of our significant stockholders could cause our stock
price to decline, thus allowing short sellers of our stock an opportunity to take advantage of any decrease in the
value of our stock. The presence of short sellers in our common stock may further depress the price of our common
stock.

Future issuances of shares of our common stock could dilute the ownership interests of our stockholders.

Any issuance of equity securities could dilute the interests of our stockholders and could substantially decrease

the trading price of our common stock. We may issue equity securities in the future for a number of reasons,
including to finance our operations and business strategy (including in connection with acquisitions, strategic
collaborations or other transactions), to adjust our ratio of debt to equity, to satisfy our obligations upon the exercise
of outstanding options or for other reasons.

In February 2013, we issued $115.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 3.50% Convertible Senior Notes

due February 1, 2018 (the “3.50% Convertible Notes”). In April 2014, we issued approximately $70.3 million
aggregate principal amount of our 3.50% Series A Convertible Senior Notes due February 1, 2018 (the “3.50%
Series A Convertible Notes”, and collectively with the 3.50% Convertible Notes, the Existing 3.50% Convertible
Notes) and paid approximately $0.4 million in cash to refinance approximately $70.3 million aggregate principal
amount of our 3.50% Convertible Notes.

In August 2017, we issued $85.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.75% Convertible Senior Notes due

2022 (the “3.75% Convertible Notes”) under an indenture between the Company and The Bank of New York
Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. $53.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 3.75% Convertible Notes
were issued to certain holders of its outstanding 3.50% Convertible Notes and 3.50% Series A Convertible Notes
(together, the “Existing Notes”) in exchange for approximately $47.0 million aggregate principal amount of the
Existing Notes (the “Exchange”) and $32.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 3.75% Convertible Notes were
issued to certain other qualified new investors for cash. The net proceeds of the cash issuance were used to
repurchase approximately $28.0 million of Existing Notes (the “Repurchase”). In February 2018, pursuant to the
Agreements, the Company paid $40.2 million in cash to settle outstanding principal and accrued interest, and issued
254,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to retire the 3.50% Convertible Notes and the 3.50% Series A

Convertible Notes. To the extent we issue common stock upon conversion of any outstanding Convertible Notes,
that conversion would dilute the ownership interests of our stockholders.

The conditional conversion features of the 3.75% Convertible Notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our
financial condition and operating results.

In the event the conditional conversion features of the 3.75% Convertible Notes are triggered, holders of the
3.75% Convertible Notes, as applicable, will be entitled to convert such notes at any time during specified periods at
their option. If one or more holders elect to convert such notes, unless we elect to satisfy our conversion obligation
by delivering solely shares of our common stock (other than paying solely cash in lieu of any fractional share),
including if we have irrevocably elected full physical settlement upon conversion, we would be required to make
cash payments to satisfy all or a portion of our conversion obligation based on the applicable conversion rate, which
could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders do not elect to convert such notes, if we have
irrevocably elected net share settlement upon conversion we could be required under applicable accounting rules to
reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of such notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which
could result in a material reduction of our net working capital.

Provisions in the indenture for the Convertible Notes, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws could
discourage or prevent a takeover, even if an acquisition would be beneficial in the opinion of our stockholders.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire

us, even if doing so would be beneficial in the opinion of our stockholders. These provisions include:

•

authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to
increase the number of outstanding shares and thwart a takeover attempt;

establishing a classified board of directors, which could discourage a takeover attempt;

prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would limit the ability of less than a
majority of stockholders to elect director candidates;

limiting the ability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent and requiring that all stockholder actions be taken at a
meeting of our stockholders; and

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for
proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change of

control of our company. Generally, Section 203 prohibits stockholders who, alone or together with their affiliates
and associates, own more than 15% of the subject company from engaging in certain business combinations for a
period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder of such subject
company without approval of the board or 662/3% of the independent stockholders. The existence of these provisions
could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and limit the price that investors might be
willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

A change of control will also trigger an event of default under the Revolving Credit Facility. If an event of
default occurs, the agent for the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility may, at its discretion, suspend or
terminate any of the lenders’ loan obligations thereunder and/or declare all or any portion of the loan
then-outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, including all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, to be
accelerated and immediately due and payable.

Furthermore, if a “fundamental change” (as such terms are defined in each the indentures of the Convertible
Notes) occurs, holders of the Convertible Notes will have the right, at their option, to require us to repurchase all or
a portion of their Convertible Notes. A “fundamental change” generally occurs when there is a change in control of
Accuray (acquisition of 50% or more of our voting stock, liquidation or sale of Accuray not for stock) or trading of
our stock is terminated. In the event of a “make-whole fundamental change” (as such term is defined in each of the
indentures for the Convertible Notes), we may also be required to increase the conversion rate applicable to the
Convertible Notes surrendered for conversion in connection with such make-whole fundamental change. A
“make-whole fundamental change” is generally a sale of Accuray not for stock in another publicly traded company.
In addition, each of the indentures for the Convertible Notes prohibits us from engaging in certain mergers or
acquisitions unless, among other things, the surviving entity assumes our obligations under the Convertible Notes.

We have not paid dividends in the past and do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all future
earnings for the operation and expansion of our business and, therefore, do not anticipate declaring or paying cash
dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and
will depend on our results of operations, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects, contractual
arrangements, and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. If we do not pay dividends, a return on a
stockholders’ investment will only occur if our stock price appreciates.

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

Item 2. PROPERTIES

Facilities

We currently lease approximately 164,000 square feet of product development, manufacturing and administrative

space in three buildings in Sunnyvale, California, as follows:

•

A manufacturing building totaling approximately 50,000 square feet, which is leased to us until December
2023; and

Two headquarters buildings that are approximately 74,000 square feet and 40,000 square feet, respectively,
which are leased to us until December 2023. We have the right to renew the lease term of our headquarters
office buildings for two five-year terms upon prior written notice and the fulfillment of certain conditions.

We also lease approximately 197,000 square feet of product development, manufacturing, administrative and

warehouse space in five buildings in Madison, Wisconsin, as follows:

•

An office building totaling approximately 61,000 square feet, which is leased to us until June 2025;

A manufacturing facility totaling approximately 56,000 square feet, which is leased to us until June 2025;
and

• Warehouse and office space in three buildings totaling approximately 80,000 square feet, which are leased to

us through various dates until July 2020.

Our wholly owned subsidiary, Accuray International Sarl, leases one office building that consists of

approximately 21,000 square feet of administrative space in Morges, Switzerland, which are leased to Accuray
International until December 2024.

In addition, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Accuray Accelerator Technology Company Limited, leases

approximately 42,000 square feet of space in a manufacturing facility in Chengdu, China until November 2019.

We, directly or through our subsidiaries, also maintain offices in: Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; Durham, North

Carolina; China; Hong Kong; Japan; Spain; India; Russia; Germany; Belgium; Brazil; and the United Arab
Emirates.

We believe our current facilities are adequate to meet our current needs, but additional space, including

additional radiation shielded areas in which systems can be assembled and tested, may be required in the future to
accommodate anticipated increases in manufacturing needs.

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Refer to Note 8, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of

certain legal proceedings currently pending against the Company. From time to time we are involved in legal
proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business.

Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Stock Information

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “ARAY.” The high and low

sale prices for each quarterly period during our fiscal years ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

Year ended June 30, 2018
First Quarter........................................................................................................ $
Second Quarter ................................................................................................... $
Third Quarter ...................................................................................................... $
Fourth Quarter .................................................................................................... $
Year ended June 30, 2017
First Quarter........................................................................................................ $
Second Quarter ................................................................................................... $
Third Quarter ...................................................................................................... $
Fourth Quarter .................................................................................................... $

High

Low

4.90 $
5.35 $
6.15 $
5.30 $

6.39 $
6.26 $
6.00 $
5.20 $

3.60
3.90
4.28
3.80

4.75
4.45
4.55
3.85

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock. Our Board of Directors intends to use any future
earnings to support operations and reinvest in the growth and development of our business. There are no current
plans to pay cash dividends to common stockholders in the foreseeable future.

As of August 15, 2018, there were 159 registered stockholders of record of our common stock. Because many of

our shares of common stock are held by brokers or other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to
estimate the total number of beneficial stockholders.

During the year ended June 30, 2018, there were no sales of unregistered equity securities by the Company other

than those transactions previously reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on the Company’s
Current Reports on Form 8-K.

The Company does not have a stock repurchase program and has not made any share repurchase, excluding

repurchases to satisfy minimum tax withholdings, during the year ended June 30, 2018.

See Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters” for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation
plans.

Stock Performance Graph

The graph set forth below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock between
June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2018, with the cumulative total return of (i) the S&P Healthcare Index and (ii) the
Nasdaq Composite Index, over the same period. This graph assumes the investment of $100.00 on June 30, 2013 in
our common stock, the S&P Healthcare Index and the Nasdaq Composite Index, and assumes the reinvestment of
dividends, if any.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*

Among Accuray Incorporated, the NASDAQ Composite Index, and the S&P Health Care Index

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Accuray Incorporated, the NASDAQ Composite Index
and the S&P Health Care Index

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

6/13

6/14

6/15

6/16

6/17

6/18

Accuray Incorporated

NASDAQ Composite

S&P Health Care

*$100 invested on 6/30/13 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending June 30.

$100 invested on June 30, 2013 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.

The comparisons shown in the graph above are based upon historical data. We caution that the stock price
performance shown in the graph above is not necessarily indicative of, nor is it intended to forecast, the potential
future performance of our common stock. Information used in the graph was obtained from Research Data Group, a
source believed to be reliable, but we are not responsible for any errors or omissions in such information.

Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by

reference to, our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The consolidated statements
of operations for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, and the consolidated balance sheet data at June 30,
2018 and 2017 are derived from, and are qualified by reference to, the consolidated financial statements that have
been audited by our independent registered public accounting firm, which are included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and the consolidated
balance sheet data at June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not
included in this Form 10-K.

2018

Years Ended June 30,
2015
2016
2017
(in thousands, except per share data)

2014

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Net revenue ............................................................... $ 404,897 $ 383,414 $ 398,800 $ 379,801 $ 369,419
Cost of revenue ......................................................... 243,202 242,073 240,087 234,399 226,619
Gross profit ............................................................... 161,695 141,341 158,713 145,402 142,800
Operating expenses:
53,724
Research and development........................................
61,885
Selling and marketing ...............................................
General and administrative .......................................
45,335
Total operating expenses........................................... 165,492 151,164 163,586 164,571 160,944
(18,144)
Loss from operations.................................................
(14,216)
Other expense, net.....................................................
(32,360)
Loss before provision for income taxes ....................
Provision for income taxes........................................
3,088
Loss from continuing operations...............................
(35,448)
Loss per share attributable to stockholders ...............
Net loss per share—basic and diluted ....................... $
Weighted average common shares used in
computing net loss per share ...............................
Basic and diluted .......................................................

(4,873)
(18,295)
(23,168)
2,336
(25,504)

(19,169)
(18,621)
(37,790)
2,419
(40,209)

(9,823)
(18,718)
(28,541)
1,038
(29,579)

(3,797)
(19,224)
(23,021)
878
(23,899)

56,652
56,812
50,122

55,752
62,440
46,379

49,921
57,477
43,766

57,251
60,105
48,136

80,509

78,277

84,893

82,495

(0.51) $

(0.32) $

(0.36) $

(0.28) $

75,804

(0.47)

2018

2017

As of June 30,
2016
(in thousands)

2015

2014

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents......................................... $ 83,083 $ 72,084 $ 119,771 $ 79,551 $ 92,346
Investments ............................................................... $
— $ 23,909 $ 47,239 $ 64,306 $ 79,553
Working capital......................................................... $ 114,723 $ 24,511 $ 151,468 $ 184,414 $ 179,901
Total assets ................................................................ $ 378,727 $ 406,464 $ 469,033 $ 466,773 $ 495,188
Long-term debt.......................................................... $ 131,077 $ 51,548 $ 170,512 $ 199,655 $ 195,612
Total stockholders’ equity......................................... $ 48,632 $ 46,533 $ 59,660 $ 75,780 $ 98,548

Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our consolidated financial condition and results of operations in
conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this report. The following
discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results
could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or
contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this report on Form 10-K,
particularly in “Risk Factors.” See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

Products and Markets

Company

We are a radiation oncology company that develops, manufactures, sells and supports precise, innovative
treatment solutions which set the standard of care, with the aim of helping patients live longer, better lives. Our
leading-edge technologies, the CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems, including the Radixact System, the next
generation TomoTherapy platform, are designed to deliver advanced radiation therapy including radiosurgery,
stereotactic body radiation therapy, intensity modulated radiation therapy, image-guided radiation therapy and
adaptive radiation therapy tailored to the specific needs of each patient. The CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems
are complementary offerings serving largely separate patient populations treated by the same medical specialty,
radiation oncology. Both systems have advanced capabilities that offer increased treatment flexibility to meet the
needs of an expanding patient population including patients requiring retreatment with radiation therapy. We also
offer comprehensive software solutions to enable and enhance the precise and efficient radiosurgery and
radiotherapy treatment with our CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems. In addition to these products, we also
provide services, which include post-contract customer support (warranty period services and post warranty
services), installation services, training and other professional services.

The CyberKnife Systems

The CyberKnife Systems are robotic systems designed to deliver radiosurgery treatments to cancer tumors
anywhere in the body. The CyberKnife Systems are the only dedicated, full-body robotic radiosurgery systems on
the market. Radiosurgery is an alternative to traditional surgery for tumors and is performed on an outpatient basis in
one to five treatment sessions. It enables the treatment of patients who typically might not otherwise be treated with
radiation, who may not be good candidates for surgery, or who desire non-surgical treatments. The use of
radiosurgery with CyberKnife Systems to treat tumors throughout the body has grown significantly in recent years,
but currently only a small portion of the patients who develop tumors treatable with CyberKnife Systems are treated
with these systems. A determination of when it may or may not be appropriate to use a CyberKnife System for
treatment is at the discretion of the treating physician and depends on the specific patient. However, the CyberKnife
Systems are generally not used to treat (1) very large tumors, which are considerably wider than the radiation beam
that can be delivered by CyberKnife Systems, (2) diffuse wide-spread disease, as is often the case for late stage
cancers, because they are not localized (though CyberKnife Systems might be used to treat a focal area of the
disease) and (3) systemic diseases, like leukemia and lymphoma, which are not localized to an organ, but rather
involve cells throughout the body.

Our CyberKnife M6 Series Systems have the option of: fixed collimator, Iris Variable Aperture Collimator
and/or multi-leaf collimator, or InCise MLC. The InCise MLC is designed specifically for the M6 Series. With the
InCise MLC, clinicians can deliver the same precise radiosurgery treatments they have come to expect with the
CyberKnife System, faster and for a wider range of tumor types than prior CyberKnife Systems. The InCise MLC
makes it faster and more efficient to treat a wider range of tumor types with the CyberKnife M6 Series System,
including larger tumors and those with multiple sites of disease.

We believe the long term success of the CyberKnife Systems is dependent on a number of factors including the

following:

•

Continued adoption of our CyberKnife M6 Series Systems;

Greater awareness among doctors and patients of the benefits of radiosurgery conducted with the CyberKnife
Systems;

Continued evolution in clinical studies demonstrating the safety, efficacy and other benefits of using the
CyberKnife Systems to treat tumors in various parts of the body;

Change in medical practice leading to utilization of stereotactic body radiosurgery more regularly as an
alternative to surgery or other treatments;

Continued advances in our technology that improve the quality of treatments and ease of use of the
CyberKnife Systems;

Receipt of regulatory approvals in various countries which are expected to improve access to radiosurgery
with the CyberKnife Systems in such countries;

• Medical insurance reimbursement policies that cover CyberKnife System treatments; and

•

Our ability to expand sales of CyberKnife Systems in countries throughout the world where we do not
currently sell or have not historically sold a significant number of CyberKnife Systems.

TomoTherapy Systems, including Radixact, the next generation TomoTherapy platform

The TomoTherapy Systems are advanced, fully integrated and versatile radiation therapy systems for the

treatment of a wide range of cancer types. The TomoTherapy Systems are specifically designed for image-guided
intensity-modulated radiation therapy (IG-IMRT). The TomoTherapy Systems include the TomoTherapy H Series
Systems with configurations of TomoH, TomoHD and TomoHDA. Based on a CT scanner platform, the systems
provide continuous delivery of radiation from 360 degrees around the patient, or delivery from clinician-specified
beam angles. These unique features, combined with daily 3D image guidance, enable physicians to deliver highly
accurate, individualized dose distributions that precisely conform to the shape of the patient’s tumor while
minimizing dose to normal, healthy tissue, resulting in fewer side effects for the patient. The TomoTherapy Systems
are capable of treating all standard radiation therapy indications including breast, prostate, lung and head and neck
cancers, in addition to complex and novel treatments such as total marrow irradiation. The Radixact System, the
next generation TomoTherapy platform, includes our integrated Accuray Precision treatment planning software and
new iDMS Data Management System. The Radixact System leverages the TomoTherapy System’s efficient daily
low-dose fan beam MVCT image guidance and unique ring gantry architecture, delivering precise radiation
treatments for more patients, faster, with simpler, more automated workflows. We believe the Radixact System and
other TomoTherapy Systems offer clinicians and patients significant benefits over other radiation therapy systems in
the market. We believe our ability to capture more sales will be influenced by a number of factors including the
following:

•

Continued adoption of our TomoTherapy Systems, including the adoption of the Radixact System, in
markets where it is available;

Greater awareness among doctors and patients of the unique benefits of radiation therapy using
TomoTherapy Systems because of their ring gantry architecture and ability to deliver treatment from 360
degrees around the patient;

•

Advances in our technology that improve the quality of treatments and ease of use of TomoTherapy
Systems;

Greater awareness among doctors of the now-established reliability of TomoTherapy Systems; and

Our ability to expand sales of TomoTherapy Systems in countries throughout the world where we do not
currently sell or have not historically sold a significant number of TomoTherapy Systems.

Sale of Our Products

Generating revenue from the sale of our systems is a lengthy process. Selling our systems, from first contact with

a potential customer to a signed sales contract that meets our backlog criteria (as discussed below) varies
significantly and generally spans between six months and two years. The length of time between receipt of a signed
contract and revenue recognition is generally governed by the time required by the customer to build, renovate or
prepare the treatment room for installation of the system.

In the United States, we primarily market directly to customers, including hospitals and stand-alone treatment
facilities, through our sales organization and we also market to customers through sales agents and group purchasing
organizations. Outside the United States, we market to customers directly and through distributors and sales agents.
In addition to our offices in the United States, we have sales and service offices in Europe, Asia, and South America.

Backlog

For orders that cover both products and services, only the portion of the order that is recognizable as product
revenue is reported as backlog. The portion of the order that is recognized as service revenue (for example, Post
Contract Customer Support (PCS), installation, training and professional services) is not included in reported
backlog. Product backlog totaled $478.5 million as of June 30, 2018 compared to $452.8 million as of June 30,
2017.

In order for the product portion of a system sales agreement to be counted as backlog, it must meet the following

criteria:

•

The contract is properly executed by both the customer and us. A customer purchase order that incorporates
the terms of our contract quote will be considered equivalent to a signed and executed contract. The contract
has either cleared all its contingencies or contained no contingencies when signed;

• We have received a minimum deposit or a letter of credit; or the sale is to a customer where a deposit is

deemed not necessary or customary (i.e. sale to a government entity, a large hospital, group of hospitals or
cancer care group that has sufficient credit, customers with trade-in of existing equipment, sales via tender
awards, or indirect channel sales that have signed contracts with end-customers);

•

The specific end customer site has been identified by the customer in the written contract or written
amendment; and

Less than 2.5 years have passed since the contract met all the criteria above.

Although our backlog includes only contractual agreements with our customers for the purchase of CyberKnife

Systems, TomoTherapy Systems, including the Radixact Systems and related upgrades, we cannot provide
assurance that we will convert backlog into recognized revenue due primarily to factors outside of our control. The
amount of backlog recognized into revenue is primarily impacted by four items: cancellations, age-outs,
amendments to the terms of our contracts and foreign currency fluctuations. Orders could be cancelled for reasons
including, without limitation, changes in customers’ needs or financial condition, changes in government or health
insurance reimbursement policies, or changes to regulatory requirements. In addition to cancellations, after
2.5 years, if we have not been able to recognize revenue on a contract, we remove the backlog amount associated
with the contract and the order is considered aged out. Contracts may age-out for many reasons, including but not
limited to, inability of the customer to pay, inability of the customer to adapt their facilities to accommodate our

products in a timely manner, or inability to timely obtain licenses necessary for customer facilities or operation of
our equipment. Our backlog also includes amounts not denominated in U.S. Dollars and therefore fluctuations in the
U.S. Dollar as compared to other currencies will impact backlog. Generally, strengthening of the U.S. Dollar will
negatively impact revenue. Backlog is stated at historical foreign currency exchange rates, and revenue is released
from backlog at current exchange rates, with any difference recorded as a backlog adjustment. A summary of gross
orders, net orders, and order backlog is as follows (in thousands):

Increase (decrease) in
Gross orders ...................................................................................... $
Net age-outs ......................................................................................
Cancellations ....................................................................................
Currency impacts and other ..............................................................
Net orders.......................................................................................... $
Order backlog at the end of the period ............................................. $

2018
304,903 $
(68,463)
(22,610)
(4,296)
209,534 $
478,482 $

Years Ended June 30,
2017
298,348 $
(57,600)
(13,835)
(354)
226,559 $
452,846 $

2016
283,853
(54,655)
(13,830)
8,885
224,253
405,900

Gross Orders

Gross orders increased by $6.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2018, as compared to the year ended June 30,
2017. This was primarily a result of an increase of $7.7 million in new system order volume compared to the same
prior year period, primarily driven by a $17.3 million increase of TomoTherapy System orders driven by Radixact
System, which was introduced in the second half of fiscal 2017, offset by a $9.6 million decrease in CyberKnife
System orders. The increase was also offset by a $1.2 million decrease in upgrade orders and other amendments to
the terms of our contracts as compared to the same prior year period.

Gross orders increased by $14.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2017, as compared to the year ended June 30,

2016. This was primarily due to pricing increases related to our latest generation products.

Net Orders

Net orders decreased by $17.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2018, as compared to the year ended June 30,

2017, resulting from an increase in net age-outs of $10.8 million, an increase in cancellations of $8.8 million, and
foreign currency and other adjustments of $3.9 million, offset by an increase in gross orders of $6.5 million.

•

The net age-outs for the year ended June 30, 2018 were $68.5 million. There were $9.1 million age-ins,
which represent orders that previously aged-out but have been taken to revenue in the current period. Age-
ins offset the gross amount of age-outs in a particular period.

There were $22.6 million and $13.8 million in cancellations in the year ended June 30, 2018 and June 30,
2017, respectively. Cancellations are outside of our control and are difficult to forecast; however, we
continue to work closely with our customers to minimize the impact of cancellations on our business.

• Other adjustments and foreign currency impacts decreased net orders by $4.3 million and by $0.4 million

for the year ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Net orders increased by $2.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2017, as compared to the year ended June 30,
2016, resulting from the increase in gross orders of $14.5 million offset by a decrease of $9.2 million because of
unfavorable currency impacts and decrease in net age-outs of $2.9 million.

•

The net age-outs of $57.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2017 include $4.7 million of age-ins which
represent orders that previously aged-out but have been taken to revenue in the current period. Age-ins
offset the gross amount of age-outs in a particular period. There were $12.1 million of age-ins included in
net age-outs of $54.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2016.

•

Cancellations were $13.8 million in the years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Cancellations
are outside of our control and difficult to forecast; however, we continue to work closely with our
customers to minimize the impact of cancellations on our business.

Currency impacts resulted in a decrease in net orders of $0.4 million and an increase of $8.9 million in the
year ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In fiscal 2017, order backlog decreased slightly because
of a strengthening U.S. Dollar. Conversely, when the U.S. Dollar weakens, like it did in fiscal 2016, having
contracts based in several currencies such as Euro and Japanese Yen resulted in a positive impact on net
orders.

In recent years, the percentage of gross orders received from our distribution partners in the international markets

represented 70%, 75%, and 59% of gross orders for fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
We anticipate that distributor orders from international markets will continue to represent a significant portion of our
gross orders in the foreseeable future. International orders are affected by foreign currency fluctuation as well as
government programs that stimulate the purchase of healthcare products, both of which could affect the demand for
our products and timing of orders from period to period. In addition, our order-to-revenue conversion cycle for
international distributor orders has been generally longer compared to that of direct channel sales and could cause
fluctuations in our age-outs from period to period.

Results of Operations

Fiscal 2018 results compared to 2017 (in thousands, except percentages)

2018

Years Ended June 30,
2017

change

%(*)

Amount

Amount
45% $ 179,611
55% 203,803

(Dollars in thousands)
Products ................................................................... $ 183,898
Services.................................................................... 220,999

47% $ 4,287
53% 17,196
Net revenue ........................................................ $ 404,897 100% $ 383,414 100% $21,483
37% $20,354
37% 14,606
37% 5,748
13% 7,330
15% 2,628
11% 4,370
506
5%
1%
(160)
(8)% 5,680

Gross profit.............................................................. $ 161,695
80,860
80,835
57,251
60,105
48,136
19,224
878
Net loss............................................................... $ (23,899)

Products gross profit ..........................................
Services gross profit...........................................
Research and development expenses.......................
Selling and marketing expenses ..............................
General and administrative expenses ......................
Other expense, net ...................................................
Provision for income taxes ......................................

40% $ 141,341
66,254
44%
75,087
37%
49,921
14%
57,477
15%
43,766
12%
18,718
5%
1%
1,038
(6)% $ (29,579)

2%
8%
6%
14%
22%
8%
15%
5%
10%
3%
(15)%
(19)%

(*)

Expressed as a percentage of total net revenue, except for product and services gross profits which are
expressed as a percentage of related product and services revenue.

Net revenue

Product Net Revenue

Product net revenue increased by $4.3 million, or 2%, as compared to the year ended June 30, 2017. The increase

was due to an increase of $14.5 million from higher unit volume and higher average pricing per system of the
CyberKnife Systems as compared to the prior year. The increase in system sales for CyberKnife was partially offset
by a decrease in TomoTherapy System sales of $8.5 million and a decrease in upgrade and other revenue of $1.9
million.

Service Net Revenue

Services net revenue increased by $17.2 million, or 8%, as compared to the year ended June 30, 2017. The

increase was mainly driven by a $10.4 million and $4.9 million attributable to increases in our system installed base
revenue and upgrade revenue, respectively, together with an increase in spare parts sales of $2.1 million. These
increases were offset by an immaterial decrease in training revenue.

Net revenue by geographic region, based on the shipping location of our customer, is as follows (in thousands,

except percentages):

Net revenue ........................................................................................................ $
Americas ............................................................................................................
Europe, Middle East, India and Africa ..............................................................
Asia Pacific (excluding Japan and India)...........................................................
Japan ..................................................................................................................

Gross profit

Years Ended June 30,

2018

404,897

$
36%
30%
18%
16%

2017

383,414

40%
27%
15%
18%

The overall gross profit margin for the year ended June 30, 2018 was 40% as compared to the gross profit of 37%
for the year ended June 30, 2017, primarily due to an increase in system sales profit. Product gross margin was 44%
for the year ended June 30, 2018 as compared to 37% for the year ended June 30, 2017, primarily due to higher unit
volume, higher average selling price of our latest generation platforms and product mix together with an $8.0
million decrease of intangible amortization related to the acquisition of TomoTherapy Incorporated, which was fully
amortized in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017. Service gross margin remained flat as compared to prior year.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses increased $7.3 million, or 15%, for the year ended June 30, 2018 as

compared to the year ended June 30, 2017. The increase was primarily due to $6.0 million of higher compensation
and benefits expenses due to an increase in headcount, $1.1 million of higher project related spending, and a $0.2
million increase in travel expense.

We anticipate that research and development expenses in fiscal 2019 will be slightly lower than fiscal 2018 based

on our current roadmap.

Selling and marketing expenses

Selling and marketing expenses increased $2.6 million, or 5%, for the year ended June 30, 2018 as compared to
the year ended June 30, 2017. The increase was mainly due to an increase of $2.2 million in compensation expense
due to increased headcount and higher commissions related to increased revenue and a $0.4 million increase in
travel and marketing related expenses.

We anticipate selling and marketing expenses in fiscal 2019 will be higher compared to fiscal 2018 due to higher

expenses related to new product launches and incremental headcount.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $4.4 million, or 10%, for the year ended June 30, 2018 as

compared to the year ended June 30, 2017. The increase was due to $2.3 million of higher compensation due to an
increase in headcount, $1.9 million of higher consulting fees and strategic business development projects, and a $0.2
million increase in technology expenses.

We anticipate general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2019 will remain relatively stable compared to fiscal

2018.

Other expense, net

Other expense, net increased $0.5 million, or 3%, for the year ended June 30, 2018 as compared to the year ended

June 30, 2017. The increase was primarily due to a net $2.5 million increase in loss on extinguishment of debt that
occurred in the first and third quarters of fiscal 2018, a $0.4 million decrease in interest income, and a $0.2 million
increase in loss on sale of our investments. The increase was mostly offset by a $2.3 million reduction in debt
interest expense due to retirement of certain of our convertible notes in fiscal 2018 and a $0.3 million decrease in
foreign exchange losses.

Provision for income taxes

The provision for income taxes was lower in fiscal 2018 as compared to fiscal 2017 due to lower foreign
earnings. In both fiscal 2018 and 2017, we had tax benefits related to final tax assessments from the Swiss tax
authorities for the period from fiscal 2011 through fiscal 2016, which decreased our foreign taxes.

At June 30, 2018, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $329.7 million and $146.8 million,
respectively. These federal and state net operating loss carryforwards are available to offset future taxable income, if
any, in varying amounts and will begin to expire in 2019. We also had federal and state research and development
tax credit carryforwards of approximately $18.9 million and $19.2 million, respectively. If not utilized, the federal
research credits will begin to expire in 2019, the California research credits have no expiration date and the other
state research credits began to expire in 2014. Realization of the deferred tax assets, among other factors, is
dependent on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration of the carryforwards. Because
of the inconsistent history of net operating income as adjusted for permanent differences, we cannot conclude that
the net domestic deferred tax assets will more likely than not be realized. Accordingly, we have recorded a full
valuation allowance against our domestic net deferred tax assets.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“Tax Act”) was signed into law. We believe the
impact of the inclusion of accumulated post-1986 foreign earnings on which U.S. income tax is currently deferred to
a one-time transition tax on December 31, 2017 will not be material to us. The measurement of the transition tax
liability requires extensive effort to calculate the foreign earnings and profit on a cumulative basis. We have made
reasonable efforts to determine that there would be no material financial impact from this one-time transition tax as
we believe our existing tax attributes can be used to offset the transition tax without limitation, but an election is
available to not claim the net operating loss deduction against the mandatory foreign earnings inclusion at December
31, 2017.

Under ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes, the enactment of the Tax Act also requires companies to

recognize the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities and the retroactive effects
of changes in tax laws in the period in which the new legislation is enacted. There is no further change to our
assertion on maintaining a full valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets. Our gross deferred tax
assets were revalued from 35% to 21% with a corresponding offset to the valuation allowance and any potential
other taxes arising due to the Tax Act will result in reductions to our net operating loss carryforward and valuation
allowance. We will continue to analyze the Tax Act to assess the full effects on our financial results, including
disclosures, for our fiscal year ending June 30, 2019.

In December 2017, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 (“SAB 118”) to address the application of U.S.

GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed in
reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act. In accordance with SAB
118, the effects of the Tax Act may be adjusted within a one-year measurement period from the enactment date for
items that were previously reported as provisional, or where a provisional estimate could not be made. Income tax
provision for the year ended June 30, 2018 did not reflect any adjustment to the previously assessed Tax Act
enactment effect. We will continue to assess forthcoming guidance and accounting interpretations on the effects of
the Tax Act and expects to complete our analysis within the measurement period in accordance with the guidance.

Starting in fiscal 2019, companies may be subject to global intangible low tax income (“GILTI”) which is a tax
on foreign income in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations as well as the new base
erosion anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”) under the Tax Act. GILTI will be effectively taxed at a tax rate of 10.5%. Due to
the complexity of the GILTI tax rules, companies are allowed to make an accounting policy choice of either (1)
treating taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense when
incurred or (2) factoring such amounts into a company’s measurement of its deferred taxes under the SAB 118. We
have not made an election with respect to GILTI. We will continue to review the GILTI and BEAT rules to
determine their applicability to us, and the impact that the rules may have on our results of operations of financial
condition, as the rules become effective.

Fiscal 2017 results compared to 2016 (in thousands, except percentages)

Years Ended June 30,

2017

2016

Amount

%(*)

Products.................................................................... $ 179,611
Services .................................................................... 203,803
Net revenue ......................................................... $ 383,414
Gross profit............................................................... $ 141,341
66,254
75,087
49,921
57,477
43,766
18,718
1,038
Net loss ............................................................... $ (29,579)

Products gross profit ...........................................
Services gross profit............................................
Research and development expenses .......................
Selling and marketing expenses ...............................
General and administrative expenses .......................
Other expense, net ....................................................
Provision for income taxes .......................................

Amount
47% $ 193,299
205,501
53
100% $ 398,800
37% $ 158,713
84,628
37
74,085
37
56,652
13
56,812
15
50,122
11
18,295
5
1
2,336
(8)% $ (25,504)

2017-2016

% change

48%
52
100%
40%
44
36
14
14
13
5
1
(6)%

(7)%
(1)
(4)%
(11)%
(22)
1
(12)
1
(13)
2
(56)
16%

(*)

Expressed as a percentage of total net revenue, except for product and services gross profits which are
expressed as a percentage of related product and services revenue.

Net revenue

Product net revenue decreased by $13.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the year ended

June 30, 2016 primarily due to a decrease of $12.4 million in revenue from system sales resulting from fewer
number of CyberKnife Systems taken to revenue as compared to the prior year as well as a reduction in the average
revenue per system. In addition, the decrease in revenue is attributable to a slower revenue conversion process
mainly resulting from a higher percentage of order growth in our distributor channels which results in less control
over the timing of revenue. There was also a decrease of $1.2 million in upgrade and other revenue as compared to
the prior year. From time to time, we may amend sales agreements for system orders in backlog between Accuray
and our distributors in order to shift responsibility of the installation of the system from us to the distributor. In such
cases, the total purchase price of the system will be reduced accordingly as negotiated with the distributor on a case
by case basis. This may result in us recognizing revenue for such systems earlier than previously anticipated. The
total revenue recognized under such amendments was insignificant for fiscal 2017.

Services net revenue decreased by $1.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the year ended
June 30, 2016. The decrease was driven by decreases in spare parts revenue of $2.0 million, installation revenue of
$1.8 million and training revenue of $0.9 million. The decrease was partially offset by an increase in PCS revenue of
$3.0 million due to an expanding installed base.

Net revenue by geographic region, based on the shipping location of our customer, is as follows (in thousands,

except percentages):

Gross profit

Years Ended June 30,

2017

383,414

$
40%
27%
15%
18%

2016

398,800

40%
35%
16%
9%

The overall gross profit margin for the year ended June 30, 2017 was 37% as compared to 40% for the year
ended June 30, 2016, representing a decrease of 3% due primarily to increased product and headcount related costs
as compared to the prior year. Product gross margin was 37% for the year ended June 30, 2017 as compared to 44%
for the year ended June 30, 2016, representing a decrease of 7% primarily due to higher costs of manufacturing the
systems as well as overhead costs. Service gross margin for the year ended June 30, 2017 was 37% as compared to
36% for the year ended June 30, 2016, representing a slight increase of 1% due mainly due to lower parts
consumption on the installed base.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses were $49.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2017 as compared to

$56.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2016, which represents a decrease of $6.8 million, or 12%. The decrease
was primarily due to $4.4 million lower project related spending as a result of completion of the roadmap
development projects and completion of Radixact testing as well as decreased employee compensation related
expenses of $0.6 million due to lower headcount and delays in hiring as compared to the prior year. Additionally,
there was a decrease of $1.7 million in technology and facilities related costs as compared to the prior year.

Selling and marketing expenses

Selling and marketing expenses for the year ended June 30, 2017 were $57.5 million as compared to

$56.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2016, which represents an increase of $0.7 million, or 1%. The increase
was partially due to higher consulting services of $0.7 million related to new sales and marketing projects and
$0.2 million in higher technology and facilities related costs. The increases were offset by lower travel and
tradeshow related expenses of $0.2 million each as compared to the prior year.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses for the year ended June 30, 2017 were $43.8 million as compared to

$50.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2016, which represents a decrease of $6.3 million, or 13%. This decrease
was primarily attributable to $9.4 million of lower legal fees associated with litigation settlements in the prior fiscal
year and $0.3 million of lower insurance expenses and bank fees. This decrease was partially offset by increased
employee compensation expenses of $0.9 million and higher technology and facilities related costs of $2.5 million
as compared to the prior year.

Other expense, net

Other expense, net for the year ended June 30, 2017 was $18.7 million as compared to $18.3 million for the year

ended June 30, 2016, which represents a decrease of $0.4 million. This decrease was primarily attributable to
$0.7 million of lower foreign exchange losses during fiscal 2017 as compared to fiscal 2016 as well as lower interest
related charges of $0.2 million. This was offset by higher other income of $1.2 million in fiscal 2016 from a new
licensing agreement which did not recur in fiscal 2017.

Provision for income taxes

The provision for income taxes was lower in fiscal 2017 as compared to fiscal 2016 mainly due to lower foreign
earnings and a benefit of approximately $1.4 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 as a result of the completion
of tax audits by the Swiss authorities for the period from fiscal 2011 through fiscal 2015.

At June 30, 2017, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $329.8 million and $154.5 million,
respectively. These federal and state net operating loss carryforwards are available to offset future taxable income, if
any, in varying amounts and will begin to expire in 2019 for federal and 2018 for state purposes, respectively. Such
net operating loss carryforwards include tax benefits from employee stock option exercises in excess of the
share-based compensation expense that has been recognized for these awards. We will record approximately
$0.9 million as a credit to additional paid-in capital if and when such excess benefits are ultimately realized. We also
had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $18.6 million and
$18.7 million, respectively. If not utilized, the federal research credits will begin to expire in 2019, the California
research credits have no expiration date and the other state research credits begin to expire in 2018. Realization of
the deferred tax assets, among other factors, is dependent on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income prior to
the expiration of the carryforwards. Because of the inconsistent history of net operating income as adjusted for
permanent differences, we cannot conclude that the net domestic deferred tax assets will more likely than not be
realized. Accordingly, we have recorded a full valuation allowance against our domestic net deferred tax assets.

At June 30, 2017, there was no provision for U.S. income tax for undistributed earnings of our foreign

subsidiaries as it is currently our intention to reinvest these earnings indefinitely in operations outside the U.S. The
cumulative amount of such undistributed earnings upon which no U.S. income tax has been provided as of June 30,
2017 was $26.5 million. If repatriated, these earnings could result in a tax expense at the current U.S. Federal
statutory tax rate of 35%, subject to available net operating losses and other factors. Subject to limitation, tax on
undistributed earnings may also be reduced by foreign tax credits that may be generated in connection with the
repatriation of earnings.

Share-Based Compensation Expense

In fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, we recorded share-based compensation expense of $12.3 million, $13.6 million

and $12.6 million, respectively, related to awards under our stock incentive plans. Share-based compensation
expense was recorded net of estimated forfeitures. As of June 30, 2018, we had approximately $15.6 million of
unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock options, shares under our
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, restricted stock units, or RSUs, and market stock units, or MSUs, which
we expect to recognize over a weighted average period from 0.6 to 3.0 years.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At June 30, 2018, we had $83.1 million in cash and cash equivalents. Cash from operations could be affected by

various risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to the risks included in Part I, Item 1A titled “Risk
Factors.” Also refer to Note 9, Debt to the consolidated financial statements for discussion of the Revolving Credit
Facility, our 3.75% Convertible Notes and Term Loan outstanding as of June 30, 2018. Based on our current
business plan and revenue prospects, we believe that we will have sufficient cash resources and anticipated cash
flows to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months.

In addition, the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries at June 30, 2018, are considered to be
indefinitely reinvested and unavailable for distribution in the form of dividends or otherwise. Accordingly, no
provisions for U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes have been provided thereon. We anticipate that we
have adequate liquidity and capital resources and would not need to repatriate earnings. As of June 30, 2018, we had
approximately $44.1 million of cash and cash equivalents at our foreign subsidiaries.

Cash Flows

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.......................... $
Net cash provided by investing activities .........................................
Net cash used in financing activities ................................................
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash
equivalents and restricted cash ...................................................
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and

2018

Years Ended June 30,
2017

2016

18,331 $
17,766
(27,453)

(380) $
17,823
(54,538)

30,925
8,262
(757)

(346)

197

(1,006)

restricted cash ............................................................................. $

8,298 $

(36,898) $

37,424

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $18.3 million in fiscal 2018, resulting primarily from a net change
in operating assets and liabilities of $10.0 million and non-cash items of $32.2 million that was offset by a net loss
of $23.9 million.

• Non-cash items consisted primarily of stock-based compensation expense of $12.3 million; depreciation and

amortization expense of $9.7 million; non-cash interest expenses on debt of $5.0 million, loss on
extinguishment of debt of $3.5 million, and write down of inventories of $1.6 million.

•

The net change in operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $7.2 million decrease in accounts
receivable due to the timing of revenue transactions and cash collection, a $6.2 million increase in customer
advances due to the timing and new deposit receipts, and a $4.2 million decrease in prepaid and other assets.
This was partially offset by a $8.7 million increase in inventory to support anticipated product shipments in
future periods and a net $2.5 million decrease in deferred revenue.

Net cash used in operating activities was $0.4 million in fiscal 2017 and consisted of a net loss of $29.6 million,
non-cash items of $41.7 million, and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of $12.5 million. Non-cash items
consisted primarily of depreciation and amortization expense of $18.0 million, stock-based compensation expense of
$13.6 million; non-cash interest expenses on debt of $7.8 million and write down of inventories of $2.3 million. The
significant items in the change in operating assets and liabilities include cash used resulting from increases in
accounts receivable of $15.7 million and other current and non-current assets of $4.4 million. These uses of cash
were offset in part by an increase in accounts payable of $2.2 million and accrued liabilities of $8.3 million, which
was offset by a decrease in deferred revenue of $8.7 million and customer advances of $5.2 million as well as a
decrease in inventories of $7.7 million. The increase in accounts receivable was a function of the timing of payments
from customers driven by longer payment terms offered.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $30.9 million in fiscal 2016 and consisted of a net loss of

$25.5 million, non-cash items of $43.1 million, and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of $13.4 million.
Non-cash items consisted primarily of depreciation and amortization expense of $18.3 million, stock-based
compensation expense of $12.6 million and non-cash interest expenses on debt of $8.0 million. The significant items
in the change in operating assets and liabilities include cash provided from decreases in accounts receivable of
$17.0 million, and accounts payable, accrued liabilities, customer advances and deferred revenue of $5.4 million.
These provisions of cash were offset in part by an increase in inventories of $10.5 million, and other current and
non-current assets as well as deferred cost of revenue of $1.5 million. The decrease in accounts receivable was a
function of the timing of cash collections from customers in fiscal 2016.

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities was $17.8 million in fiscal 2018, which primarily consisted of sales and
maturities of short-term investments of $30.3 million, offset by purchases of investments of $5.9 million, purchases
of property and equipment of $6.3 million, and payment of intangible assets of $0.3 million.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $17.8 million in fiscal 2017, which primarily consisted of sales and
maturities of short-term investments of $38.2 million, offset by purchases of investments of $15.0 million, purchases
of property and equipment of $5.0 million and purchase of intangible assets of $0.3 million.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $8.3 million in fiscal 2016, which primarily consisted of sales and
maturities of short-term investments of $80.7 million, offset by purchases of property and equipment of $8.1 million
and purchases of investments of $64.3 million.

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities during fiscal 2018 was $27.5 million, which was primarily due to

$69.8 million paid to repurchase and retire our 3.50% Convertible Notes and 3.50% Series A Convertible Notes and
$27.9 million used to pay down the Revolving Credit Facility. These expenses were offset by $66.1 million of net
debt proceeds related to the Term Loan and issuance of the 3.75% Convertible Notes and $4.1 million in proceeds
from employee stock plans.

Net cash used in financing activities during fiscal 2017 was $54.5 million, primarily attributable to

$105.2 million in payments to convertible note holders and in connection with our term-loan with Cerberus Business
Finance, LLC, and $1.4 million of taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards, offset by $48.3 million
proceeds from new Revolving Credit Facility and $3.8 million from proceeds from employee stock plans.

Net cash used in financing activities during fiscal 2016 was $0.8 million, primarily attributable to $66.4 million

of payments to convertible note holders and $2.8 million of taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity
awards, partially offset by $64.6 million of proceeds from our term-loan with Cerberus Business Finance, LLC. and
$3.8 million proceeds from employee stock plans.

Operating Capital and Capital Expenditure Requirements

Our future capital requirements depend on numerous factors. These factors include but are not limited to the

following:

•

Revenue generated by sales of our products and service plans;

Costs associated with our sales and marketing initiatives and manufacturing activities;

Facilities, equipment and IT systems required to support current and future operations;

Rate of progress and cost of our research and development activities;

Costs of obtaining and maintaining FDA and other regulatory clearances of our products;

Effects of competing technological and market developments;

Number and timing of acquisitions and other strategic transactions; and

Servicing and maturity of our current future indebtedness.

We believe that our current cash, cash equivalents and investments will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash

needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least 12 months. If these sources of cash, cash equivalents
and investments are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt
securities or obtain additional credit facilities. The sale of additional equity or convertible debt securities could result
in dilution to our stockholders. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of debt securities, these securities
could have rights senior to those associated with our common stock and could contain covenants that would restrict
our operations. Additional financing may not be available at all, or in amounts or on terms acceptable to us. If we
are unable to obtain this additional financing, we may be required to reduce the scope of our planned product
development and marketing efforts.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following is a schedule summarizing our obligations to make future payments under contractual obligations

as of June 30, 2018. Refer to Note 9, Debt in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, Part II, of
this report on Form 10-K (in thousands):

Payments due by period

Total

Less than
1 year

1-3 years

3-5 years

More than
5 years

3.75% Convertible Notes, Term Loan,
and Revolving Credit Facility(1) ........................ $ 150,285 $
Interest on 3.75% Convertible Notes, Term Loan,
1,257
and Revolving Credit Facility(2) ........................
Operating leases ........................................................
16,990
Total .......................................................................... $ 235,627 $ 18,040 $ 49,055 $ 168,532 $

22,548
26,507

32,444
52,898

8,639
9,401

— $ 150,285 $

— $

—

—
—
—

(1) Any conversion, redemption or purchase of our convertible notes would impact our cash payments noted in
this table. Please see Note 9, Debt, to the consolidated financial statements for further information. Amounts
presented are for principal only.

(2)

Interest on the Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility are accrued at 7% and 6% per annum, respectively,
which may vary in subsequent periods based upon LIBOR.

Our purchase commitments and obligations include all open purchase orders and contractual obligations in the
ordinary course of business, including commitments with contract manufacturers and suppliers, for which we have
not received the goods or services and acquisition and licensing of intellectual property. A majority of these
purchase obligations are due within a year. Although open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally
binding, the terms generally allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust our requirements based on our
business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services, and hence, have not been included in the
table above.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off balance sheet arrangements for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017, or 2016.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated
financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America (U.S. GAAP). The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires
management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as revenue
and expenses during the reporting periods. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base
our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors we believe are reasonable under the
circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and

liabilities. Actual results could therefore differ materially from those estimates if actual conditions differ from our
assumptions.

All of our significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial
statements are described in Note 1, The Company and its Significant Accounting Policies, to the consolidated
financial statements. The methods, estimates and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies require
us to make difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates regarding matters that
are inherently uncertain. Management believes the critical accounting policies and estimates are those related to
revenue recognition, business combinations and assessment of recoverability of goodwill and intangible assets,
valuation of inventories, share-based compensation expense, convertible notes, income taxes, allowance for doubtful
accounts and loss contingencies.

Revenue Recognition

We frequently enter into sales arrangements with customers that contain multiple elements or deliverables and we

have to make a number of reasoned judgments with respect to elements of these sales arrangements, including how
to allocate the proceeds received from an arrangement, whether there are multiple elements in the arrangement,
whether any undelivered elements are essential to the functionality of the delivered elements and the appropriate
timing of revenue recognition with respect to these arrangements. For sale arrangements that contain multiple
elements, we allocate the arrangement consideration to each element based on the relative selling price method,
whereby the relative selling price of each deliverable is determined using vendor specific objective evidence
(VSOE), of fair value, if it exists. VSOE of fair value for each element is based on our standard rates charged for the
product or service when such product or service is sold separately or based upon the price established by the
Company’s pricing committee when that product or service is not yet being sold separately. When we are not able to
establish VSOE for all deliverables in an arrangement with multiple elements, which may be due to us infrequently
selling each element separately, not pricing products within a narrow range, or only having a limited sales history,
we attempt to determine the selling price of each element based on third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), as
determined based on competitors’ or third-party vendors’ prices for similar deliverables when sold separately. TPE
typically is difficult to establish due to the proprietary differences of competitive products and difficulty in obtaining
reliable competitive standalone pricing information. When we are not able to establish selling price using VSOE or
TPE, we use our best estimate of selling price (BESP), in the allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective
of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a
stand-alone basis. We determine BESP for a product or service by considering multiple factors including, but not
limited to, pricing practices, internal costs, geographies and gross margin. The determination of BESP is made
through annual analysis of our pricing practices and adjusted if necessary.

Revenue recognition also depends on all or a combination of the following: timing of shipment, completion of
installation, customer acceptance and the readiness of customers’ facilities. If shipments are not made on scheduled
timelines, installation schedules are delayed or if the products are not accepted by the customer in a timely manner,
our reported revenues may differ materially from expectations.

Assessment of Recoverability of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and identified intangible net

assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis and
when impairment indicators are present. We have one operating segment and one reporting unit. Therefore, our
consolidated net assets, including existing goodwill and other intangible assets, are considered to be the carrying
value of the reporting unit. We estimate the fair value of the reporting unit based on the closing price of our common
stock on the trading day closest to the annual review date multiplied by the outstanding shares on that date. If the
carrying value of the reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, an impairment may exist, and we must perform the
second step of the analysis, in which the implied fair value of the goodwill is compared to its carrying value to
determine the impairment charge, if any. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value
of the reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired and no further analysis is required.

We make judgments about the recoverability of purchased intangible assets with finite lives whenever events or

changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. Recoverability of purchased intangible assets with
finite lives is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the
asset is expected to generate. Impairment, if any, is measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the

fair value of the impaired asset. We review indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually or whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. If the asset is considered to
be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair
value of the impaired asset.

Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of our purchased intangible assets are
complex and subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and
economic trends and internal factors such as changes in our business strategy and our internal forecasts.

Valuation of Inventories

The valuation of inventory requires us to estimate obsolete or excess inventory as well as damaged inventory.
The determination of obsolete or excess inventory requires us to estimate the future demand for our products. We
regularly review inventory quantities on hand and adjust for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on
historical usage rates and our estimates of product demand to support future sales and service. If our demand
forecast for specific products is greater than actual demand and we fail to reduce purchasing and manufacturing
output accordingly, we could be required to write off inventory beyond the current reserve, which would negatively
impact our gross margin.

Share-Based Compensation Expense

We use the Black-Scholes option valuation model to estimate the fair value of stock options and ESPP shares.

This valuation model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, the most significant of which is our
estimates of expected volatility and the expected term of the award. Our expected volatility is derived from the
historical volatilities of our common stock. We estimate the expected term of stock option by taking the average of
the vesting term and the contractual term of the option, as illustrated by the simplified method. We use the
Monte-Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of Market Stock Units (MSUs). The assumptions used in
calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates
involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors change and we
use different assumptions, our share-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

We recognize compensation cost for only those shares expected to vest over the requisite service period of the
award. We estimate our forfeiture rate based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures and will continue to evaluate the
appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on recent forfeiture activity and expected future employee turnover.
Changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant effect on reported share-based compensation expense,
as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate for all expense amortization is recognized in the period the forfeiture
estimate is changed.

Convertible Notes

We account for convertible notes in accordance with ASC 470-20 Debt with Conversion and Other Options and

ASC 470-50 Line of Credit or Revolving-Debt Arrangement. ASC 470-20 clarifies the accounting for convertible
debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion, including partial cash settlement at our election. ASC
470-20 specifies that an issuer of such instruments should separately account for the liability and equity component
of the conversion option. The amount recorded as debt is based on the fair value of the debt component as a
standalone instrument, determined using an average interest rate for similar nonconvertible debt issued by entities
with credit ratings comparable to ours at the time of issuance. The difference between the debt recorded at inception
and its principal amount is accreted to principal during the estimated life of the note. ASC 470-50, provides
guidance on modifications to or exchanges of line-of-credit or revolving arrangements which should be evaluated
based on borrowing.

Income Taxes

We determine our current and deferred tax provisions based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from
the actual results reflected in our income tax returns filed during the subsequent year. We record adjustments based
on filed returns when we have identified and finalized them, which is generally in the fourth quarter of the

subsequent year for U.S. federal and state provisions. We have placed a full valuation allowance on all net U.S.
deferred tax assets because realization of these tax benefits through future taxable income cannot be reasonably
assured. We intend to maintain the valuation allowance until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the
reversal of the valuation allowance. Any decision to reverse part or all of the valuation allowance would be based on
our estimate of future profitability. If our estimate were to be wrong, we could be required to charge potentially
significant amounts to income tax expense to establish a new valuation allowance.

Our effective tax rate does not include the impact of certain undistributed foreign earnings for which we have not

provided U.S. taxes and foreign income tax withholdings because we plan to reinvest such earnings indefinitely
outside the United States. The impact for the one-time transition tax on deemed repatriation of such earnings on
December 31, 2017 has been estimated to not affect our income tax expense for the fiscal 2018 period. We have
estimated whether there is a need for foreign earnings remittance amounts based on projected cash flow needs as
well as the working capital and long-term investment requirements of our foreign subsidiaries and our domestic
operations. Material changes in our estimates of cash, working capital and long-term investment requirements in the
various jurisdictions in which we do business could impact our effective tax rate. We are subject to income taxes in
the United States and certain foreign countries, and we are subject to corporate income tax audits in some of these
jurisdictions. We believe that our tax return positions are fully supported, but tax authorities are likely to challenge
certain positions, which may not be fully sustained. However, our income tax expense includes amounts intended to
satisfy income tax assessments that result from these challenges. Determining the income tax expense for these
potential assessments and recording the related assets and liabilities requires management judgments and estimates.
We evaluate our uncertain tax positions in accordance with the guidance for accounting for uncertainty in income
taxes. We believe that our reserve for uncertain tax positions is adequate. We review our reserves quarterly, and we
may adjust such reserves because of proposed assessments by tax authorities, changes in facts and circumstances,
issuance of new regulations or new case law, previously unavailable information obtained during the course of an
examination, negotiations between tax authorities of different countries concerning our transfer prices, or the
expiration of statutes of limitations.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We evaluate the creditworthiness of our customers prior to authorizing shipment for all major sale transactions.
On a quarterly basis, we evaluate aged items in the accounts receivable aging report and provide an allowance in an
amount we deem adequate for doubtful accounts. If our evaluation of our customers’ financial conditions does not
reflect our future ability to collect outstanding receivables, additional provisions may be needed and our operating
results could be negatively affected.

Loss Contingencies

As discussed in Note 8. Commitments and Contingencies, to the consolidated financial statements, we are
involved in various lawsuits, claims and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. We record a
provision for a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can
be reasonably estimated. We provide disclosure if it is reasonably possible that a loss has been incurred and a range
of loss or possible loss can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability
and the estimated amount. We review these provisions at least quarterly and adjust these provisions to reflect the
impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and updated information. Litigation is
inherently unpredictable and is subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. Should
any of these estimates and assumptions change or prove to have been incorrect, we could incur significant charges
related to legal matters which could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash
flows.

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE & QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We do not utilize derivative financial instruments, derivative commodity instruments or other market risk

sensitive instruments, positions or transactions.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

A portion of our net sales are denominated in foreign currencies, most notably the Euro and the Japanese Yen.
Future fluctuations in the value of the U.S. Dollar may affect the price competitiveness of our products outside the
United States. For direct sales outside the United States, we sell in both U.S. Dollars and local currencies, which
could expose us to additional foreign currency risks, including changes in currency exchange rates. Our operating
expenses in countries outside the United States, are payable in foreign currencies and therefore expose us to
currency risk. To the extent that management can predict the timing of payments under sales contracts or for
operating expenses that are denominated in foreign currencies, we may engage in hedging transactions to mitigate
such risks in the future. We expect the changes in the fair value of the net foreign currency assets arising from
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates to be materially offset by the changes in the fair value of the forward
contracts. As of June 30, 2018, we had no open forward contracts and all open positions had been settled.

The purpose of these forward contracts is to minimize the risk associated with foreign exchange rate fluctuations.

We have developed a foreign exchange policy to govern our forward contracts. These foreign currency forward
contracts do not qualify as cash flow hedges and all changes in fair value are reported in earnings as part of other
expenses, net. We have not entered into any other types of derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative
purpose. Our foreign currency forward contract valuation inputs are based on quoted prices and quoted pricing
intervals from public data and do not involve management judgment.

Interest Rate Risk

Prior to January 2018, we maintained an investment portfolio of various holdings, types and maturities. These
securities were generally classified as available for sale and consequently were recorded on the balance sheet at fair
value with unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive
income. At any time, a sharp rise or decline in interest rates could have had a material adverse impact on the fair
value of our investment portfolio. Likewise, increases and decreases in interest rates could have had a material
impact on interest earnings for our portfolio. As mentioned in Note 5, Investments to our audited consolidated
financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in January 2018, we sold all of our investments
in available for sale securities. As a result, we no longer carry investments that are sensitive to interest rate risk.

Our debt obligations consist of a variety of financial instruments that expose us to interest rate risk, including, but

not limited to the 3.75% Convertible Notes, the Term Loan, and the Revolving Credit Facility. The interest rates on
the 3.75% Convertible Notes is fixed and interest rate on the Term Loan and the Revolving Credit Facility are at
variable rates, which are tied to a “prime rate” and LIBOR. As of June 30, 2018, borrowings under the Term Loan
totaled $40.0 million with an annual interest rate of 6.75% plus 90-day LIBOR, and borrowings under the Revolving
Credit Facility totaled $24.0 million with an annual interest rate of 4.50% plus 90-day LIBOR. If the amount
outstanding under the Credit Facilities remained at this level for the next 12 months and interest rates increased or
decreased by 50 basis point change, our annual interest expense would increase or decrease, respectively,
approximately $0.3 million. Refer to Note 9, Debt to our condensed consolidated financial statements included in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion regarding our debt obligations.

Equity Price Risk

On August 7, 2017, we issued approximately $85.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.75% Convertible
Notes. Upon conversion, we can settle the obligation by issuing our common stock, cash or a combination thereof at
an initial conversion rate equal to 174.8252 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 3.75%
Convertible Notes, which is equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $5.72 per share of common stock,
subject to adjustment. There is no equity price risk if the share price of our common stock is below $5.72 upon
conversion of the 3.75% Convertible Notes. For every $1 that the share price of our common stock exceeds $5.72,
we expect to issue an additional $14.9 million in cash or shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, if all
of the 3.75% Convertible Notes are converted.

Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

ACCURAY INCORPORATED
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ...........................................................................
Consolidated Balance Sheets...........................................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss .................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity ..........................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows .........................................................................................................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...................................................................................................

Page No.
78
79
80
81
82
83

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Accuray Incorporated

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Accuray Incorporated, (a Delaware

corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of
operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended June 30, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the
financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2018
and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30,
2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2018, based on
criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated August 24, 2018 expressed an
unqualified opinion.

Basis for opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express

an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered
with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S.
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan

and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of
material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2006.

San Jose, California
August 24, 2018

Accuray Incorporated

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

ASSETS

Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents ................................................................................... $
Short-term investments........................................................................................
Restricted cash.....................................................................................................
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $251 and
$420 as of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively............................
Inventories ............................................................................................................
Prepaid expenses and other current assets............................................................
Deferred cost of revenue ......................................................................................
Total current assets .........................................................................................
Property and equipment, net ......................................................................................
Goodwill.....................................................................................................................
Intangible assets, net ..................................................................................................
Deferred cost of revenue ............................................................................................
Restricted cash ...........................................................................................................
Other assets ................................................................................................................
Total assets ..................................................................................................... $

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable ................................................................................................. $
Accrued compensation .........................................................................................
Other accrued liabilities........................................................................................
Short-term debt.....................................................................................................
Customer advances...............................................................................................
Deferred revenue ..................................................................................................
Total current liabilities....................................................................................

Long-term liabilities:

Long-term other liabilities....................................................................................
Deferred revenue ..................................................................................................
Long-term debt .....................................................................................................
Total liabilities ................................................................................................

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
Stockholders’ equity:

June 30,
2018

June 30,
2017

83,083
—
9,830

65,994
108,540
15,569
1,141
284,157
23,698
57,855
821
—
620
11,576
378,727

19,694
28,992
22,448
—
22,896
75,404
169,434

8,608
20,976
131,077
330,095

72,084
23,909
12,829

72,789
105,054
18,988
3,350
309,003
23,062
57,812
964
206
322
15,095
406,464

17,486
25,402
23,870
113,023
16,926
87,785
284,492

10,068
13,823
51,548
359,931

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; authorized: 5,000,000 shares; no shares

issued and outstanding....................................................................................

—

Common stock, $0.001 par value; authorized: 200,000,000 shares as of
June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively; issued and outstanding:
86,129,256 and 83,739,804 shares at June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017,

respectively.....................................................................................................
Additional paid-in-capital.....................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)................................................
Accumulated deficit .............................................................................................
Total stockholders' equity...............................................................................
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity........................................................ $

86
521,738
1,093
(474,285)
48,632
378,727

84
496,887
(52)
(450,386)
46,533
406,464

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Accuray Incorporated

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Net revenue:

Products....................................................................................... $
Services .......................................................................................
Total net revenue ..............................................................................
Cost of revenue:

Cost of products ..........................................................................
Cost of services ...........................................................................
Total cost of revenue ........................................................................
Gross profit .......................................................................................
Operating expenses:

Research and development..........................................................
Selling and marketing .................................................................
General and administrative..........................................................
Total operating expenses ..................................................................
Loss from operations ........................................................................
Other expense, net .......................................................................
Loss before provision for income taxes............................................
Provision for income taxes ...............................................................
Net loss ............................................................................................. $
Net loss per share—basic and diluted............................................... $
Weighted average common shares used in computing net loss per
share:

Basic and diluted .........................................................................
Net loss ............................................................................................. $
Foreign currency translation adjustment .....................................
Reclassification adjustments on available for sale

investments, net of tax...........................................................
Change in defined benefit pension obligation.............................
Comprehensive loss .......................................................................... $

Years Ended June 30,

2018

2017

2016

183,898 $
220,999
404,897

179,611 $
203,803
383,414

103,038
140,164
243,202
161,695

57,251
60,105
48,136
165,492
(3,797)
(19,224)
(23,021)
878
(23,899) $
(0.28) $

84,893
(23,899) $
83

89
973
(22,754) $

113,357
128,716
242,073
141,341

49,921
57,477
43,766
151,164
(9,823)
(18,718)
(28,541)
1,038
(29,579) $
(0.36) $

82,495
(29,579) $
33

(74)
949
(28,671) $

193,299
205,501
398,800

108,671
131,416
240,087
158,713

56,652
56,812
50,122
163,586
(4,873)
(18,295)
(23,168)
2,336
(25,504)
(0.32)

80,509
(25,504)
(47)

62
(549)
(26,038)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Accuray Incorporated

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

(in thousands, except share amounts)

Additional

Accumulated
Other

Common Stock

Paid-in

Comprehensive Accumulated

Amount Capital

Income (Loss) Deficit

Equity

Total
Stockholders’

Balance at June 30, 2015 .................................... 79,477,838 $
Exercise of Stock options, net...............................
Issuance of restricted stock ................................... 1,570,577
Issuance of common stock under employee
stock purchase plan .........................................
Share-based compensation....................................
Unamortized Convertible Senior Note

58,279 —
2

79 $471,430 $
285
(2)

729,259 —

3,588
— — 12,396

issuance costs reclassified to equity................

— —

(3,519)

870,037

Tax withholding upon vesting of restricted
stock units .......................................................
Net loss..................................................................
Cumulative translation adjustment .......................
Unrealized gain on investments, net of tax...........
Change in defined benefit pension obligation ......
Balance at June 30, 2016 .................................... 81,378,208 $
Exercise of Stock options, net...............................
Issuance of restricted stock ................................... 1,709,957
Issuance of common stock under employee
stock purchase plan .........................................
Share-based compensation....................................
Tax withholding upon vesting of restricted
stock units .......................................................
Net loss..................................................................
Cumulative translation adjustment .......................
Unrealized (loss) on investments, net of tax.........
Change in defined benefit pension obligation ......
Balance at June 30, 2017 .................................... 83,739,804 $
Exercise of Stock options, net...............................
Issuance of restricted stock ................................... 1,166,776
Issuance of common stock under employee
stock purchase plan .........................................
Share-based compensation....................................
Tax withholding upon vesting of restricted
stock units .......................................................
Retirement of Convertible Senior Notes...............
Allocated transaction cost in debt issuance ..........
Net loss..................................................................
Cumulative translation adjustment .......................
Reclassification adjustments on available for
sale

921,583

(457,745) —
— —
— —
— —
— —

112,482 —
2

(2,832)
—
—
—
—
81 $481,346 $
463
(2)

3,345
1
— — 13,154

(330,880) —
— —
— —
— —
— —

108,800 —
1

(1,419)
—
—
—
—
84 $496,887 $
437
(1)

3,333
1
— — 12,289

(61,536) —
253,829 —
— —
— —
— —

(293)
288
8,798
—
—

investments, net of tax ....................................
Change in defined benefit pension obligation ......
Balance at June 30, 2018 .................................... 86,129,256 $

— —
— —

—
—
86 $521,738 $

(426) $ (395,303) $
—
—

—
—

75,780
285
—

—
—

—

—
—

3,588
12,396

—

(3,519)

—
—
(25,504)
—
—
(48)
—
63
(549)
—
(960) $ (420,807) $
—
—

—
—

(2,832)
(25,504)
(48)
63
(549)
59,660
463
—

—
—

3,346
13,154

—
—
(29,579)
—
—
33
—
(74)
949
—
(52) $ (450,386) $
—
—
—
—

(1,419)
(29,579)
33
(74)
949
46,533
437
—

—
—

—
—
—
—
83

—
—

3,334
12,289

—
—
—
(23,899)
—

(293)
288
8,798
(23,899)
83

89
973

—
—
1,093 $ (474,285) $

89
973
48,632

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Accuray Incorporated
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss .................................................................................................................... $
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization ...................................................................
Share-based compensation .........................................................................
Amortization of debt issuance costs ...........................................................
Amortization and accretion of discount and premium on investments ......
Loss on sales of investments ......................................................................
Accretion of interest on debt ......................................................................
Provision for (recovery of) bad debt, net....................................................
Provision for write-down of inventories ....................................................
(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment....................................
Loss on extinguishment of debt..................................................................
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes ............................................

Changes in assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable, short and long-term ..................................................
Inventories ..................................................................................................
Prepaid expenses and other assets ..............................................................
Deferred cost of revenue ............................................................................
Accounts payable .......................................................................................
Accrued liabilities.......................................................................................
Customer advances.....................................................................................
Deferred revenues.......................................................................................
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities..........................................
Cash flows from investing activities ....................................................................
Purchases of property and equipment, net ..............................................................
Purchase of intangible assets...................................................................................
Purchases of investments ........................................................................................
Sales and maturities of investments ........................................................................
Net cash provided by investing activities .........................................................
Cash flows from financing activities....................................................................
Proceeds from employee stock plans ......................................................................
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards ...................................
Payments made to note and loan holders ................................................................
Proceeds from debt, net of costs..............................................................................
Repayments under Revolving Credit Facility, net ..................................................
Net cash used in financing activities.................................................................
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash......
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash..............
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period .........................
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period.................................... $

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information .........................................
Cash paid for income taxes ..................................................................................... $
Cash paid for interest............................................................................................... $
Non-cash financing activities:
Exchange of Convertible Notes............................................................................... $
Modification of Revolving Credit Facility.............................................................. $
Non-cash investing activities:
Unpaid purchase of property and equipment at end of year.................................... $
Unpaid purchase of intangible assets at end of year ............................................... $
Transfers from inventory to property and equipment ............................................. $

2018

Years Ended June 30,
2017

2016

(23,899) $

(29,579) $

(25,504)

9,732
12,289
1,629

(15)
171
3,376

(73)

1,603

(8)

3,452
30

7,223
(8,685)
4,209
2,422
2,002
1,577
6,189
(4,893)
18,331

(6,276)
(333)
(5,940)
30,315
17,766

4,389
(293)
(69,797)
66,111
(27,863)
(27,453)
(346)
8,298
85,235
93,533

1,460
9,187

6,641
1,997

399
—
174

$
$

$
$
$

18,043
13,629
3,785
67
—
4,052
119
2,253
8
—
(268)

(15,732)
7,675
(4,437)
3,321
2,189
8,316
(5,158)
(8,663)
(380)

(5,031)
(333)
(14,992)
38,179
17,823

3,786
(1,419)
(105,158)
48,253
—
(54,538)
197
(36,898)
122,133
85,235

4,458
9,927

—
—

210
667
1,395

$
$

$
$
$

18,296
12,638
1,728
801
—
6,321
127
2,444
153
965
(404)

16,994
(10,502)
16
1,452
2,404
(1,944)
2,578
2,362
30,925

(8,066)
—
(64,356)
80,684
8,262

3,849
(2,832)
(66,406)
64,632
—
(757)
(1,006)
37,424
84,709
122,133

1,026
10,340

—
—

218
—
1,660

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Accuray Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. The Company and its Significant Accounting Policies

The Company

Accuray Incorporated (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company” or “Accuray”) designs, develops and sells

advanced radiosurgery and radiation therapy systems for the treatment of tumors throughout the body. The
Company is incorporated in Delaware and has its principal place of business in Sunnyvale, California. The
Company has primary offices in the United States, Switzerland, China, Hong Kong and Japan and conducts its
business worldwide.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States

accounting generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), pursuant to the rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Certain amounts in the prior year’s consolidated balance sheet
and consolidated statement of cash flows have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. These
reclassifications had no impact on previously reported net cash provided by (used in) operating activities in
consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to

make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, and
related disclosures at the date of the financial statements. Key estimates and assumptions made by the Company
relate to revenue recognition, assessment of recoverability of goodwill and intangible assets, valuation of
inventories, share-based compensation expense, convertible notes, income taxes, allowance for doubtful accounts
and loss contingencies. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Foreign Currency

The Company’s international subsidiaries use their local currencies as their functional currencies. For those
subsidiaries, assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and income and
expense accounts at the average exchange rate. Resulting translation adjustments are excluded from the
determination of net loss and are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss as a separate component of
stockholders’ equity. Net foreign currency exchange transaction gains or losses are included as a component of other
expense, net, in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Fair Value Measurements

The carrying values of the Company’s financial instruments including cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts

receivable and accounts payable are approximately equal to their respective fair values due to the relatively
short-term nature of these instruments. Also refer to Note 7, Fair Value Measurements, for further details.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers currency on hand, demand deposits, time deposits, and all highly liquid investments with

an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash
equivalents are held in various financial institutions in the United States and internationally.

Investments

The Company classifies all its investments as available-for-sale at the time of purchase since it is management’s

intent that these investments be available for current operations, and as such, includes these investments as
short-term investments on its balance sheets. These investments primarily consist of commercial paper, U.S.
treasury securities, and U.S. government agency and corporate debt securities. Short-term investments classified as
available-for-sale are recorded at fair market value with the related unrealized gains and losses included in
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains
and losses on the sale of securities are determined by specific identification of each security’s cost basis. The
Company regularly reviews its investment portfolio to determine if any security is other-than-temporarily impaired,
which would require it to record an impairment charge in the period any such determination is made. In making this
judgment, management evaluates, among other things, the duration and extent to which the fair value of a security is
less than its cost, the financial condition of the issuer and any changes thereto, and management’s intent to sell, or
whether it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost
basis. Other expense, net, includes interest, dividends, amortization of purchase premiums and discounts, realized
gains and losses on sales of securities and other-than-temporary declines in the fair value of securities, if any.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are mainly deposited with several major financial institutions. At
times, deposits in these institutions exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. The Company has
not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes that it is not exposed to any significant risk on these
balances. The Company places its investments with high-credit quality issuers. The Company does not invest an
amount exceeding 5% of its combined cash, cash equivalents and investments in the securities of any one obligor or
maker, except for obligations of the United States government, obligations of United States government agencies
and money market accounts.

The Company had no customer that represented 10% or more of total net revenue for the years ended June 30,
2018 and 2017, and one customer that represented more than 10% of total net revenue for the year ended June 30,
2016. The Company had no customer that accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable, net as at June 30,
2018 and two customers that accounted for 30% of accounts receivable, net at June 30, 2017.

The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains reserves for potential credit

losses. Accounts receivable are deemed past due in accordance with the contractual terms of the agreement.
Accounts are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts once collection efforts are unsuccessful.
Historically, such losses have been within management’s expectations.

Single-source suppliers presently provide the Company with several components. In most cases, if a supplier was

unable to deliver these components, the Company believes that it would be able to find other sources for these
components subject to any regulatory qualifications, if required.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash primarily consists of cash that is temporarily held in bank accounts which are under the control of

the lender to the Revolving Credit Facility, certificates of deposit held as guarantees in connection with customer
contracts and corporate leases as well as funds held as guarantees for Value-Added Tax (VAT) obligations in a
foreign jurisdiction.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis) or market value. Excess and obsolete

inventories are written down based on historical sales and forecasted demand, as judged by management.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenue is primarily derived from sales of CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems and services,
which include post-contract customer support or PCS, installation services, training and other professional services.
The Company records its revenues net of any value added or sales tax. In all sales arrangements, the Company
recognizes revenues when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the fee is fixed or determinable,
collection of the fee is reasonably assured and delivery has occurred. Payments received in advance of system
shipment are recorded as customer advances and are recognized as revenue or deferred revenue upon product
shipment or installation. The Company assesses the probability of collection based on a number of factors, including
past transaction history with the customer and credit-worthiness of the customer. The Company generally does not
request collateral from its customers. If the Company determines that collection is not reasonably assured, the
Company will defer the fee and recognize revenue upon receipt of cash.

The Company frequently enters into sales arrangements that contain multiple elements or deliverables. For sale
arrangements that contain multiple elements, the Company allocates the arrangement consideration to each element
based on the relative selling price method, whereby the relative selling price of each deliverable is determined using
vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value, if it exists. VSOE of fair value for each element is based
on the Company’s standard rates charged for the product or service when such product or service is sold separately
or based upon the price established by the Company’s pricing committee when that product or service is not yet
being sold separately. When the Company is not able to establish VSOE for all deliverables in an arrangement with
multiple elements, which may be due to the Company infrequently selling each element separately, not pricing
products within a narrow range, or only having a limited sales history, the Company attempts to estimate the selling
price of each element based on third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), as determined based on competitors’ or
third-party vendors’ prices for similar deliverables when sold separately. When the Company is not able to establish
selling price using VSOE or TPE, the Company uses its best estimate of selling price (BESP), in its allocation of
arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a
sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis. The Company determines BESP for a product or
service by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, pricing practices, internal costs, geographies
and gross margin. The determination of BESP is made through annual analysis of the Company’s pricing practices
and adjusted if necessary.

The Company has a limited number of software offerings which are not required to deliver its systems’ essential

functionality and can be sold separately. The Company accounts for the separate sale of its software products in
accordance with the applicable guidance for software revenue recognition. The Company’s multiple-element
arrangements may also include software deliverables that are subject to the software revenue recognition guidance;
and in these cases, the revenue for these multiple-element arrangements is allocated to the software deliverable and
the non-software deliverables based on the relative selling prices of all of the deliverables in the arrangement using
VSOE, TPE or BESP.

The Company regularly reviews VSOE, TPE and BESP for all of its products and services. As the Company’s
go-to-market strategies and other factors change, the Company may modify its pricing practices in the future, which
may impact the selling prices of systems and services as well as VSOE, TPE and BESP of systems and services. As
a result, the Company’s future revenue recognition for multiple element arrangements could differ materially from
that recorded in the current period.

Product Revenue

The majority of product revenue is generated from sales of CyberKnife and TomoTherapy Systems. If the
Company is responsible for installation, the Company recognizes revenue after installation and acceptance of the
system. Otherwise, revenue is generally recognized upon delivery, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria
are met.

The Company can sell its systems with PCS contracts, installation services, training, and at times, professional
services. PCS contracts provide planned and corrective maintenance services, software updates, bug fixes, as well as
call-center support.

The Company records revenues from sales of systems, product upgrades and accessories to distributors

depending on the terms of the distribution agreement as well as terms and conditions executed for each sale, and
once all revenue recognition criteria have been met.

The Company’s agreements with customers and distributors for system sales generally do not contain product

return rights. Certain distributor agreements include parts inventory buy-back provisions upon distributorship
termination. The Company accrues an inventory buy-back liability when and if such distributorship termination is
expected and the liability can be estimated.

Service Revenue

Service revenue is generated primarily from PCS (warranty period services and post warranty services),

installation services, training, and professional services. Service revenue also includes product upgrades purchased
via service contracts. Service revenue is recognized either ratably over the contractual period or when service is
performed, depending on specific terms and conditions in agreements with customers.

Costs associated with service revenue are expensed when incurred, except when those costs are related to system

upgrades purchased within a service contract. In those cases, the costs of such upgrades are recognized at the time
the upgrade revenue is recognized.

Deferred Revenue and Deferred Cost of Revenue

Deferred revenue consists of deferred product revenue and deferred service revenue. Deferred product revenue
arises from timing differences between the shipment of product and satisfaction of all revenue recognition criteria
consistent with the Company’s revenue recognition policy. Deferred service revenue results from the advance
payment for services to be delivered over a period of time. Deferred cost of revenue consists of the direct costs
associated with the manufacturing of units and direct service upgrade costs for which the revenue has been deferred
in accordance with the Company’s revenue recognition policies. Deferred revenue and associated deferred cost of
revenue expected to be realized within one year are classified as current liabilities and current assets, respectively.

Customer Advances

Customer advances represent payments made by customers in advance of product shipment.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the remaining
term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset, whichever is shorter. Machinery and equipment are
depreciated over five years. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated over four years. Computer and office equipment
and computer software are depreciated over three years. Repairs and maintenance costs, which are not considered
improvements and do not extend the useful life of the property and equipment, are expensed as incurred.

Software Capitalization Costs

Costs for the development of new software products and substantial enhancements to existing software products

are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established, at which time any additional costs
would be capitalized. No costs associated with the development of software have been capitalized as the Company
believes its current software development process is essentially completed concurrent with the establishment of
technological feasibility.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including intangible assets, property and equipment, for impairment
whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be
fully recoverable using pretax undiscounted cash flows. Impairment, if any, is measured as the amount by which the
carrying value of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value.

Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets

Goodwill is not amortized, but is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis and when impairment indicators

are present. The Company has assessed that it has one operating segment and one reporting unit, and the
consolidated net assets, including existing goodwill and other intangible assets, are considered to be the carrying
value of the reporting unit. The Company estimates the fair value of the reporting unit based on the Company’s
closing stock price on the trading day closest to the annual review date multiplied by the outstanding shares on that
date. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, an impairment may exist, and the
Company must perform the second step of the analysis, in which the implied fair value of the goodwill is compared
to its carrying value to determine the impairment charge, if any. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit
exceeds the carrying value of the reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired and no further analysis is required. The
Company intends to adopt the new accounting guidance that simplifies the testing for goodwill impairment in the
first quarter of fiscal 2019. Refer to Note 2, Recent Accounting Pronouncements. There was no impairment of
goodwill identified in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

Purchased intangible assets other than goodwill, including developed technology are amortized on a straight-line
basis over their estimated useful lives unless their lives are determined to be indefinite. Purchased intangible assets
are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization. Amortization is computed over the estimated useful lives of the
respective assets which range from approximately one to seven years.

Acquisition-related expenses and restructuring costs are recognized separately from the business combination and

are expensed as incurred.

Shipping and Handling

The Company’s billings for shipping and handling for product shipments to customers are included in cost of
products. Shipping and handling costs incurred for inventory purchases are capitalized in inventory and expensed in
cost of products.

Advertising Expenses

The Company expenses the costs of advertising and promoting its products and services as incurred. Advertising

expenses were approximately $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.3 million for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017
and 2016, respectively, and are included in selling and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of
operations.

Research and Development Costs

Costs related to research, design and development of products are charged to research and development expense

as incurred. These costs include direct compensation, benefits, and other headcount related costs for research and
development personnel; costs for materials used in research and development activities; costs for outside services
and allocated portions of facilities and other corporate costs. The Company has entered into research and clinical
study arrangements with selected hospitals, cancer treatment centers, academic institutions and research institutions
worldwide. These agreements support the Company’s internal research and development capabilities.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company issues stock-based compensation awards to employees and directors in the form of stock options,

restricted stock units (RSUs), performance stock units (PSUs), market stock units (MSUs) and employee stock
purchase plan (ESPP) awards (collectively, awards).

The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all stock-based awards based on the awards’

fair value. Share-based compensation for RSUs and PSUs is measured based on the value of the Company’s
common stock on the grant date. The Company uses the Monte-Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of
MSUs. Share-based compensation for employee stock options and ESPP awards are measured on the date of grant
using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Awards vest either on a graded schedule or in a lump sum. The Company determines the fair value of each award

as a single award and recognizes the expense on a straight-line basis over the service period of the award, which is
generally the vesting period. The exercise price of stock options granted is equal to the fair market value of the
Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Stock options expire ten years from the date of grant.

Share-based compensation expense for stock options, RSUs, PSUs and the ESPP awards is based on awards
ultimately expected to vest, and the expense is recorded net of estimated forfeitures. The Company recognizes
expense for MSUs net of estimated forfeitures and does not adjust the expense for subsequent changes in the
expected outcome of the market-based vesting conditions.

Loss Contingencies

The Company is involved in various lawsuits, claims and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of

business. The Company records a provision for a liability when it believes that it is both probable that a liability has
been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both
probability and the estimated amount. The Company reviews these provisions quarterly and adjusts these provisions
to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and updated information.

Net Loss Per Common Share

Basic and diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to stockholders by the weighted

average number of common shares outstanding during the year.

A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share

attributable to stockholders follows (in thousands):

Numerator:

Net loss used to compute basic and diluted loss per share.......... $

(23,899) $

(29,579) $

(25,504)

Denominator:

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted

loss per share .........................................................................

84,893

82,495

80,509

2018

Years Ended June 30,
2017

2016

The potentially dilutive shares of the Company’s common stock resulting from the assumed exercise of

outstanding stock options, the vesting of Restricted Stock Units (RSU), Market Stock Units (MSU) and Performance
Stock Units (PSU), and the purchase of shares under the Employee Stock Purchase Program (ESPP), as determined
under the treasury stock method, are excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share because their effect
would have been anti-dilutive. Additionally, the 3.75% Convertible Notes due August 2022 (the “3.75% Convertible
Notes”), the 3.75% Convertible Notes due August 2016 (the “3.75% Convertible Notes due 2016”), the 3.50%
Convertible Senior Notes due February 1, 2018 (the “3.50% Convertible Notes”), the 3.50% Series A Convertible
Notes (the “3.50% Series A Convertible Notes”) due February 1, 2018 are included in the calculation of diluted net
income per share only if their inclusion is dilutive.

The following table sets forth all potentially dilutive securities excluded from the computation in the table above

because their effect would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands):

Stock options ....................................................................................
RSUs, PSUs and MSUs ....................................................................
3.50% Convertible Notes..................................................................

2018

As of June 30,
2017

2,684
5,159
—
7,843

2,463
5,227
8,378
16,068

2016

2,377
5,467
8,378
16,222

Outstanding Convertibles Notes—Diluted Share Impact

The 3.75% Convertible Notes, the 3.75% Convertible Notes due 2016, and the 3.50% Series A Convertible Notes
have an optional physical (share), cash or combination settlement feature and contain certain conditional conversion
features. The 3.75% Convertible Notes due 2016 were retired in August 2016 and the 3.50% Series A Convertible
Notes were retired in February 2018. Due to the optional cash settlement feature and management’s intent to settle
the principal amount thereof in cash, the shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the outstanding
principal amount of the 3.75% Convertible Notes outstanding as of June 30, 2018, totaling approximately 14.9
million shares of our common stock, were not included in the basic and diluted net loss per common share table
above.

Income Taxes

The Company is required to estimate its income taxes in each of the tax jurisdictions in which it operates prior to
the completion and filing of tax returns for such periods. This process involves estimating actual current tax expense
together with assessing temporary differences in the treatment of items for tax purposes versus financial accounting
purposes that may create net deferred tax assets and liabilities. The Company accounts for income taxes under the
asset and liability method, which requires, among other things, that deferred income taxes be provided for temporary
differences between the tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities and their financial statement reported
amounts. In addition, deferred tax assets are recorded for the future benefit of utilizing net operating losses, research
and development credit carryforwards and other deferred tax assets.

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount the Company believes

is more likely than not to be realized. Because of the uncertainty of the realization of the deferred tax assets, the
Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its domestic and certain foreign net deferred tax assets.

The calculation of unrecognized tax benefits involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex
global tax regulations. Management regularly assesses the Company’s tax positions in light of legislative, bilateral
tax treaty, regulatory and judicial developments in the countries in which the Company does business. The Company
anticipates that except for $0.01 million in uncertain tax positions that may be reduced related to the lapse of various
statutes of limitation, there will be no material changes in uncertain tax positions in the next 12 months.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The components of comprehensive loss consist of net loss, unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale
investments, changes in foreign currency exchange rate translation and net changes related to a defined benefit
pension plan. The unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments, changes in foreign currency
exchange rate translation and net changes related to the defined benefit pension plan are excluded from earnings and
reported as a component of stockholders’ equity. The foreign currency translation adjustment results from those
subsidiaries not using the United States dollar as their functional currency since the majority of their economic
activities are primarily denominated in their applicable local currency. Accordingly, all assets and liabilities related
to these operations are translated at the current exchange rates at the end of each period. The resulting cumulative
translation adjustments are recorded directly to the accumulated other comprehensive loss account in stockholders’
equity. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates in effect during the period.

Note 2. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Pronouncement Recently Adopted

In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU)

No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (Topic 718). The new guidance
simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax
consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash
flows. In addition, the guidance provides an option to recognize forfeitures as they occur versus estimating them at
the time of grant. The amendments in this standard are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15,
2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-09 as required in the
first quarter of fiscal year 2018 and has elected to continue the use of its forfeiture estimation method for share-
based payment awards. The adoption of ASU 2016-09 did not have a material impact on the Company’s
consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash,

which provides amendments to current guidance to address the classification and presentation of changes in
restricted cash in the statement of cash flows. The Company early adopted this ASU in the third quarter of fiscal
year 2017 and retrospectively applied the change to the statement of cash flows for the fiscal years ended June 30,
2016. The Company disclosed its restricted cash on its consolidated balance sheets for the years presented. The
adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and
related disclosures.

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Effective

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-7, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment
Accounting, The ASU supersedes ASC 505-50 and expands the scope of ASC 718 to include all share-based
payment arrangements related to the acquisition of goods and services from both nonemployees and employees. The
guidance will be effective for the Company in its first quarter of fiscal year 2020. The amendments should be
applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the
beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The Company has not yet determined whether it will elect early adoption,
but it’s likely that the adoption of this standard will not have significant impact on its consolidated financial
statements and related disclosures.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-2, Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income, that allows companies to reclassify from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
to Retained Earnings stranded tax effects resulting from the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Tax Act").
The guidance will be effective for the Company in its first quarter of fiscal year 2020. Early adoption is permitted.
The guidance should be applied either in the period of adoption or retrospectively to each period in which the effect
of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act is recognized. The
Company has not yet selected a transition method, has not yet determined whether it will elect early adoption and is
currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements and related
disclosures.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging. This guidance simplifies the

application and administration of hedge accounting. The guidance amends the presentation and disclosure
requirements and changes how companies assess effectiveness. The guidance is intended to more closely align
hedge accounting with companies' risk management strategies, simplify the application of hedge accounting, and
increase transparency as to the scope and results of hedging programs. The guidance will be effective for the
Company in its first quarter of fiscal year 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The guidance is required to be adopted
on a prospective basis. The Company does not believe the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on
its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In May 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU)
No. 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718)—Scope of Modification Accounting. This guidance
redefines which changes to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply
modification accounting for a share-based payment. This guidance will be effective for the Company in the first
quarter of fiscal year 2019. The Company will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019 and has
determined that the adoption of this standard will not have a significant impact on its consolidated financial
statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, Compensation—Retirement Benefits (Topic 715)—
Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost. This
guidance revises the presentation of employer-sponsored defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans for
the net periodic benefit cost in the statement of operations and requires that the service cost component of net
periodic benefit be presented in the same income statement line items as other employee compensation costs for
services rendered during the period. The other components of the net benefit costs are required to be presented in the
statement of operations separately from the service cost component and outside the subtotal of income from
operations. This guidance allows only the service cost component of net periodic benefit costs to be eligible for
capitalization. The guidance will be effective for the Company in the first quarter fiscal year 2019 and early
adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual reporting period. The Company is currently evaluating the
impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other Topics (Topic 350)—
Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. This guidance eliminates the requirement to calculate the implied fair
value of goodwill of a reporting unit by determining the fair value of its assets and liabilities (including
unrecognized assets and liabilities) to measure a goodwill impairment charge. Instead, an entity will record an
impairment charge based on the excess of the reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value. The ASU will be
effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2021 on a prospective basis and earlier adoption is
permitted for goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company will early
adopt this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019 and has determined that the adoption of this standard will
not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosure.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of

Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which clarifies the presentation and classification of certain cash
receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows. This ASU will be effective for the Company in the first
quarter of fiscal year 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the
adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13 (ASU 2016-13) Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial
Instruments. ASU 2016-13 requires measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held.
This guidance will become effective for the Company beginning in the third quarter of fiscal year 2020 and must be
adopted using a modified retrospective approach, with certain exceptions. Early adoption is permitted beginning in
the third quarter of fiscal year 2019. The Company has not yet determined whether it will elect early adoption and is
evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements and related
disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (ASU 2016-02). Under the new
guidance, a lessee will be required to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with lease terms of more than
12 months. Consistent with current U.S. GAAP, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and
cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee primarily will depend on its classification as a finance or operating lease.
ASU 2016-02 requires additional disclosures. The standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within
those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. ASU 2016-02 requires adoption based upon a modified
retrospective transition approach. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of
the pending adoption of ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606

(ASU 2014-09), to supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The core principle of
ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenue when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount
that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a
five-step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, it is possible more judgment and estimates may be
required within the revenue recognition process than required under existing GAAP including identifying
performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction
price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. ASU 2014-09 is required to be
adopted, using either of two methods: (i) retrospective to each prior reporting period presented with the option to
elect certain practical expedients as defined within ASU 2014-09; or (ii) retrospective with the cumulative effect of
initially applying ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional
disclosures. The guidance will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. The Company
adopted the new revenue standards as of July 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective transition method applied to
those contracts which were not completed as of that date.

The Company has substantially completed its assessment of the potential impact this guidance will have on its
consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. Based on that assessment, the Company expects the most
significant impact to be the capitalization and amortization of incremental costs of obtaining a contract, primarily
related to certain bonuses and sales commissions. Under the new standards, the Company will capitalize incremental
contract acquisition costs, such as certain bonuses and sales commissions, and amortize such costs over the period
which the Company benefits, as estimated by management, which may extend beyond the initial contract term. The
Company expects to amortize capitalized bonuses and sales commissions over a period of five years commencing
upon the initial transfer of control of the system to the customer. The pattern of amortization will be commensurate
with the pattern of transfer of control of the performance obligations to the customer. The Company will elect to use
the practical expedient in ASC 340-40- 25-4 and expense commissions related to service renewals and upgrades
with a renewal contract term of one year or less as incurred. For sales commissions that are capitalized, the
Company expects to record an estimated net cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings of $1.9 million
associated with open contracts as of July 1, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the estimated impact for
bonuses that are capitalized.

The Company expects product revenue for direct sales to be accelerated to reflect transfer of control upon
delivery while an element of installation will be deferred until performed. Prior to the adoption of ASC 606, the
Company defers revenue until installation as occurred. The revenue recognition method for indirect sales and
service revenues is expected to be unchanged under the new guidance. The Company will finalize its accounting
assessment and quantitative impact of the adoption during the first quarter of fiscal year 2019.

Note 3. Supplemental Financial Information

Consolidated Balance Sheet

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The following is a summary of cash and cash equivalents (in thousands):

Cash .................................................................................................................... $
Money market funds ...........................................................................................

Total cash and cash equivalents .................................................................... $

83,083 $
—
83,083 $

70,515
1,569
72,084

June 30,
2018

June 30,
2017

Accounts receivable, net

Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

Accounts receivable............................................................................................ $
Unbilled fees and services ..................................................................................

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts ..............................................................
Accounts receivable, net..................................................................................... $

June 30,
2018

June 30,
2017

63,591 $
2,654
66,245
(251)
65,994 $

70,394
2,815
73,209
(420)
72,789

The Company received payment or had credits of $0.2 million, added $0.1 million and wrote off $0.1 million

from the allowance for doubtful accounts in fiscal 2018. The Company received payment or had credits of
$0.1 million, added $0.2 million and wrote off $0.5 million from the allowance for doubtful accounts in fiscal 2017.

Financing receivables

A financing receivable is a contractual right to receive money, on demand or on fixed or determinable dates, that

is recognized as an asset in the Company’s balance sheet. The Company’s financing receivables, consisting of its
accounts receivable with contractual maturities of more than one year and sales-type leases, totaled $6.9 million and
$7.4 million at June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and are included in Other Assets in the consolidated balance
sheets. Of the $6.9 million in financing receivables at June 30, 2018, $1.0 million related to sales-type leases with
customers while the remaining $5.9 million related to contractual maturities of more than one year. Of the
$7.4 million in financing receivables at June 30, 2017, $2.8 million related to sales-type leases with customers while
the remaining $4.6 million related to contractual maturities of more than one year. The Company evaluates the credit
quality of an obligor at lease inception and monitors credit quality over the term of the underlying transactions. The
Company performs a credit analysis for all new customers and reviews payment history, current order backlog,
financial performance of the customers and other variables that augment or mitigate the inherent credit risk of a
particular transaction. Such variables include the underlying value and liquidity of the collateral, the essential use of
the equipment, the term of the lease and the inclusion of credit enhancements, such as guarantees, letters of credit or
security deposits. The Company classifies accounts as high risk when it considers the financing receivable to be
impaired or when management believes there is a significant near-term risk of non-payment. As of June 30, 2018,
the sales-type lease portion of the financing receivables was rated at a moderate risk. The Company performed an
assessment of the allowance for credit losses related to its financing receivables as of June 30, 2018. Based upon
such assessment, the Company did not record any adjustment and recorded less than $0.1 million to the allowance
for credit losses related to such financing receivables as of June 30, 2018 and as of June 30, 2017, respectively.

A summary of the Company’s financing receivables is presented as follows (in thousands):

June 30, 2018
Gross ................................................................................................. $
Residual value...................................................................................
Unearned income ..............................................................................
Allowance for credit loss ..................................................................
Total, net ........................................................................................... $
Reported as:
Current .............................................................................................. $
Non-current.......................................................................................
Total, net ........................................................................................... $

Lease
Receivables

Financed
Service
Contracts
and Other

1,588 $
—
(137)
—
1,451 $

432 $
1,019
1,451 $

8,009 $
—
—
—
8,009 $

2,139 $
5,870
8,009 $

Total

9,597
—
(137)
—
9,460

2,571
6,889
9,460

June 30, 2017
Gross ................................................................................................. $
Residual value...................................................................................
Unearned income ..............................................................................
Allowance for credit loss ..................................................................
Total, net ........................................................................................... $
Reported as:
Current .............................................................................................. $
Non-current.......................................................................................
Total, net ........................................................................................... $

Lease
Receivables

Financed
Service
Contracts
and Other

4,030 $
—
(433)
(39)
3,558 $

720 $
2,838
3,558 $

6,268 $
—
—
—
6,268 $

1,677 $
4,591
6,268 $

Total

10,298
—
(433)
(39)
9,826

2,397
7,429
9,826

Actual cash collections may differ from the contracted maturities due to early customer buyouts, refinancing, or
defaults. Future minimum lease payments to be received as of June 30, 2018 are presented as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending June 30,
2019 .............................................................................................................................................
2020 .............................................................................................................................................
2021 .............................................................................................................................................
2022 .............................................................................................................................................
2023 .............................................................................................................................................
Total............................................................................................................................................. $

Amount

504
465
465
154
—
1,588

Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

Raw materials ..................................................................................................... $
Work-in-process .................................................................................................
Finished goods ....................................................................................................
Inventories .......................................................................................................... $

37,144 $
17,703
53,693
108,540 $

38,803
15,471
50,780
105,054

June 30,
2018

June 30,
2017

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

Furniture and fixtures ......................................................................................... $
Computer and office equipment .........................................................................
Software..............................................................................................................
Leasehold improvements ....................................................................................
Machinery and equipment ..................................................................................
Construction in progress .....................................................................................

Less: Accumulated depreciation.........................................................................

Property and equipment, net ......................................................................... $

June 30,
2018

June 30,
2017

2,927 $
11,315
11,307
25,423
47,065
5,629
103,666
(79,968)
23,698 $

4,364
11,802
11,457
23,164
48,742
3,533
103,062
(80,000)
23,062

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment for the years ended June 30, 2018,

2017 and 2016 was $9.6 million, $10.3 million and $10.3 million, respectively.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component

(in thousands):

Unrealized
Gains
and (Losses)
on
Available-for-
Sale
Securities

Foreign
Currency
Items

Change in
Defined
Pension
Benefit

Obligation

Total

Balance at June 30, 2016 ................................................... $
Other comprehensive income (loss) ....................................
Balance at June 30, 2017 ................................................... $
Other comprehensive income (loss) ....................................
Balance at June 30, 2018 ................................................... $

1,121 $
33
1,154 $
83
1,237 $

(15) $
(74)
(89) $
89
— $

(2,066) $
949
(1,117) $
973
(144) $

(960)
908
(52)
1,145
1,093

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Other expense, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

(in thousands)
Interest expense on debt .............................................
Foreign currency transaction loss...............................
Other (expense) income .............................................
Total other expense, net .............................................

2018

Years Ended June 30,
2017

(14,959)
(986)
(3,279)
(19,224)

(17,302)
(1,267)
(149)
(18,718)

2016

(17,460)
(2,014)
1,179
(18,295)

Note 4. Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill as of June 30, 2018 and 2017 and changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the respective periods

are as follows (in thousands):

Balance at the beginning of the period ............................................................... $
Currency translation............................................................................................

57,812 $
43

Balance at the end of the period ......................................................................... $

57,855 $

57,848
(36)

57,812

As of June 30,

2018

2017

In fiscal 2018, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test and determined that there was no
impairment to goodwill. The Company will continue to monitor its recorded goodwill for indicators of impairment.

Purchased Intangible Assets

The Company’s intangible assets associated with purchased patent license are as follows (in thousands):

As of June 30, 2018

As of June 30, 2017

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Useful
Lives
(in years)

Accumulated
Amortization

Net

Amount

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Amount

Patent license ......................................

7 $ 1,000 $

(179) $

821 $ 1,000 $

(36) $

964

During fiscal 2017, the Company purchased a patent license with a useful life of seven years. The Company did

not identify any triggering events that would indicate potential impairment of its definite-lived intangible and
long-lived assets as of June 30, 2018 and 2017.

Amortization expense related to purchased intangible assets was $0.1 million, $7.7 million and $8.0 million for

the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

The estimated future amortization expense of purchased intangible assets as of June 30, 2018 is as follows (in

thousands):

Year Ending June 30,
2019 ............................................................................................................................................. $
2020 .............................................................................................................................................
2021 .............................................................................................................................................
2022 .............................................................................................................................................
2023 .............................................................................................................................................
Thereafter ....................................................................................................................................

Amount

143
143
143
143
143
106
821

Note 5. Investments

The Company considers all highly liquid investments held at major banks, certificates of deposit and other

securities with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

The Company classifies all of its investments as available-for-sale at the time of purchase because management

intends for these investments to be available for current operations and includes these investments on its balance
sheet as short-term investments. Investments with original maturities longer than three months include commercial
paper, U.S. agency securities, non-U.S. government securities and investment-grade corporate debt securities.
Investments classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair market value with the related unrealized gains and
losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ equity. Realized
gains and losses are recorded based on specific identification of each security’s cost basis.

In January 2018, the Company sold all of its available-for-sale investments for proceeds of $23.9 million and

realized an insignificant loss on the sale of its investments. The Company reviews its investments quarterly to
identify and evaluate investments that have an indication of possible impairment. Gross realized gains and losses
were insignificant for the year ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended June 30, 2017. Upon the sale of its available
for sale securities, the Company reclassified $77 thousand from other comprehensive income to Other expense, net.

The Company had an investment in a technology company, which had historically been accounted for using the
cost method and recorded in Other assets. Subsequent to such company’s initial public offering in October 2017, the
Company owned approximately 143,000 shares of such company’s common stock. Considering the liquidity in
these shares at the time, the Company reclassified its investment from Other assets to short-term investments. In the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company sold all of its shares for a proceed of $0.4 million and recognized a loss
on the sale of $0.1 million.

The following table summarizes the available-for-sale debt securities that were in a continuous unrealized loss

position, but were not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired (in thousands):

Less Than 12 Months

12 Months or Greater

Total

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Estimated
Fair Value

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Estimated
Fair Value

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Estimated
Fair Value

June 30, 2018
Debt Securities:
U. S. government agency securities.................. $
Total.................................................................. $
June 30, 2017
Debt Securities:
U. S. government agency securities.................. $
Total.................................................................. $

— $
— $

—
—

(31) $ 11,970 $
(31) $ 11,970 $

(58) $ 11,939 $
(58) $ 11,939 $

(89) $ 23,909
(89) $ 23,909

The Company held zero positions as of June 30, 2018 and 8 positions as of June 30, 2017 that were in an
unrealized loss position. Gross realized gains and gross realized losses were insignificant for the years ended
June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

Note 6. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company utilizes foreign currency forward contracts with reputable financial institutions to manage its
exposure of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on certain intercompany balances and foreign currency
denominated cash, customer receivables and liabilities. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments
for speculative or trading purposes. These forward contracts are not designated as hedging instruments for
accounting purposes. Principal hedged currencies include the Euro, Japanese Yen, Swiss Franc, and U.S. Dollar.
The periods of these forward contracts range up to approximately three months and the notional amounts are
intended to be consistent with changes in the underlying exposures. The Company intends to exchange foreign
currencies for U.S. Dollars at maturity. There were no outstanding foreign currency forward contracts at the end of
fiscal years 2018 and 2017.

The following table shows the effect of forward contracts not designated as hedging instruments and foreign
currency transactions gains and losses, which were included in “Other expense, net” on the consolidated statements
of operations in fiscal years (in thousands):

Foreign currency exchange loss on foreign contracts....................... $
Foreign currency transactions gain...................................................

(2,461) $
1,475

(1,322) $
55

2018

Years ended June 30,
2017

2016

(4,155)
2,141

Note 7. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is an exit price representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants on the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy contains three levels of inputs that may be
used to measure fair value, as follows:

Level 1— Unadjusted quoted prices that are available in active markets for the identical assets or liabilities at the

measurement date.

Level 2— Other observable inputs available at the measurement date, other than quoted prices included in

Level 1, either directly or indirectly, including:

• Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

• Quoted prices for identical or similar assets in non-active markets;

•

Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and

Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by other observable market data.

Level 3— Unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data and require the use of

significant management judgment. These values are generally determined using pricing models for which the
assumptions utilize management’s estimates of market participant assumptions.

The Company’s Level 1 assets include institutional money-market funds that are classified as cash equivalents,
which are valued primarily using quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets. The Company’s Level
2 assets include its U.S. government agency securities and its corporate securities as the market inputs used to value
these instruments consist of market yields, reported trades and broker/dealer quotes, which are corroborated with
observable market data.

The following tables summarize the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses and fair value

by significant investment category for cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments (in thousands):

June 30, 2018

Estimated Fair Value

Cash........................................................................... $ 83,083 $
Level 1

— $

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Cash and
Cash
Equivalents

— $ 83,083 $

Short-term
Investments
—

Money market funds............................................

—

Level 2

U.S. government agency securities......................

—
Total.......................................................................... $ 83,083 $

—
— $

—
—
— $ 83,083 $

—

—
—

June 30, 2017

Estimated Fair Value

Cash........................................................................... $ 70,515 $
Level 1

— $

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Cash and
Cash
Equivalents

— $ 70,515 $

Short-term
Investments
—

Money market funds............................................

1,569

—

1,569

—

Level 2

U.S. government agency securities......................

23,998
Total.......................................................................... $ 96,082 $

—
— $

(89)
23,909
(89) $ 72,084 $ 23,909

—

The Company’s Level 2 investments in the table above are classified as Level 2 items because quoted prices in an

active market are not readily accessible for those specific financial assets, or the Company may have relied on
alternative pricing methods that do not rely exclusively on quoted prices to determine the fair value of the
investments.

Assets and Liabilities That Are Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company’s debt is measured on a non-recurring basis using Level 2 inputs based upon observable inputs of
the Company’s underlying stock price and the time value of the conversion option, since an observable quoted price
of the 3.50% Convertible Notes, the 3.50% Series A Convertible Notes and the 3.75% Convertible Notes
(collectively the “Notes”) are not readily available. The Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan (collectively
the “Credit Facilities”) are valued at market interest rates, which it considers to be a level 2 fair value measurement.
The carrying value of these financial instruments approximate its estimated fair value as there have not been
significant changes in the Company’s credit quality or capital markets that would suggest changes in interest rates
since these Credit Facilities were issued or amended in December 2017.

The following table summarizes the carrying value and estimated fair value of Credit Facilities and Notes (in

thousands):

June 30, 2018

June 30, 2017

Carrying
Value

Fair Value

Carrying
Value

3.75% Convertible Notes..................................................... $
3.50% Convertible Notes.....................................................
3.50% Series A Convertible Notes......................................
Term Loan Facility ..............................................................
Revolving Credit Facility ....................................................
Total .................................................................................... $

69,382 $
—
—
38,010
23,685
131,077 $

70,742 $
—
—
38,010
23,685
132,437 $

Note 8. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Lease and Long-term Debt Commitments

— $
44,099
68,924
—
51,548
164,571 $

Fair Value
—
48,146
74,982
—
51,548
174,676

The Company leases office and manufacturing space under non-cancelable operating leases with various
expiration dates through June 2025. Rent expense was $9.2 million, $8.6 million and $8.3 million for the years
ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The terms of some of the facility leases provide for rental
payments on a graduated scale. For these leases, the Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over
the lease period, and has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.

The Company is also required to make semi-annual interest payments on the Existing 3.75% Convertible Notes,

and monthly interest payments on the Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan. See Note 9, Debt, for details.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating lease agreements and long-term principal and

interest on the 3.75% Convertible Notes and Credit Facilities as of June 30, 2018 are as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending June 30,
2019 .................................................................................................................... $
2020 ....................................................................................................................
2021 ....................................................................................................................
2022 ....................................................................................................................
2023 ....................................................................................................................
Thereafter............................................................................................................
Total.................................................................................................................... $

Operating
Leases

Long-Term
Debt (1)

9,401 $
9,564
8,496
8,447
8,554
8,436
52,898 $

8,639
8,523
7,570
6,455
151,542
—
182,729

(1)

These amounts represent principal and interest cash payments over the contractual life of the debt obligations,
including anticipated interest payments that are not recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
Any conversion, premium, redemption or purchase of the 3.75% Convertible Notes would impact cash
payments noted in the preceding table.

Purchase Commitments

The Company’s purchase commitments and obligations include all open purchase orders and contractual

obligations in the ordinary course of business, including commitments with contract manufacturers and suppliers,
for which the Company has not received the goods or services and acquisition and licensing of intellectual property.
A majority of these purchase obligations are due within a year. Although open purchase orders are considered
enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally allows the Company the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust
its requirements based on the Company’s business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services,
and hence, have not been included in the table above.

Indemnities, Commitments and Guarantees

The Company enters into standard indemnification agreements with its landlords and all superior mortgagees and

their respective directors, officers’ agents, and employees in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these
agreements, the Company will indemnify, hold harmless, and agree to reimburse the indemnified party for losses
suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, generally the landlords, in connection with any loss, accident, injury,
or damage by any third-party with respect to the leased facilities. The term of these indemnification agreements is
from the commencement of the lease agreements until termination of the lease agreements. The maximum potential
amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is
unlimited; however, historically the Company has not incurred claims or costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims
related to these indemnification agreements. The Company has not recorded any liability associated with its
indemnification agreements as it is not aware of any pending or threatened actions that represent probable losses as
of June 30, 2018.

Royalty Agreement

The Company has an exclusive license agreement with the Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation (WARF), to

make, use, sell and otherwise distribute products under certain of WARF’s patents anywhere in the world. The
Company is required to pay WARF a royalty for each TomoTherapy System sold that includes the licensed
technology. The license agreement expires upon expiration of the patents and may be terminated earlier if the
Company so elects. WARF has the right to terminate the license agreement if the Company does not meet the
minimum royalty obligation of $0.3 million per year, or if the Company commits any breach of the license
agreement’s covenants. The Company recorded royalty costs of $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.6 million for the
years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, which were recorded in cost of revenue or deferred cost of
revenue. The Company had accrued liabilities of approximately $0.2 million and $0.2 million at June 30, 2018 and
2017, respectively, related to this agreement.

Software License Indemnity

Under the terms of the Company’s software license agreements with its customers, the Company agrees that in

the event the software sold infringes upon any patent, copyright, trademark, or any other proprietary right of a
third-party, it will indemnify its customer licensees against any loss, expense, or liability from any damages that
may be awarded against its customer. The Company includes this infringement indemnification in all of its software
license agreements and selected managed services arrangements. In the event the customer cannot use the software
or service due to infringement and the Company cannot obtain the right to use, replace or modify the license or
service in a commercially feasible manner so that it no longer infringes, then the Company may terminate the license
and provide the customer a refund of the fees paid by the customer for the infringing license or service. The
Company has not recorded any liability associated with this indemnification, as it is not aware of any pending or
threatened actions that represent probable losses as of June 30, 2018.

100

Litigation

From time to time, the Company is involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of its business.
The Company records a provision for a loss when it believes that it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and
the amount can be reasonably estimated. Currently, management believes the Company does not have any probable
and reasonably estimable losses related to any current legal proceedings and claims. Although occasional adverse
decisions or settlements may occur, management does not believe that an adverse determination with respect to any
of these claims would individually or in the aggregate materially and adversely affect the Company’s financial
condition or operating results. Litigation is inherently unpredictable and is subject to significant uncertainties, some
of which are beyond the Company’s control. Should any of these estimates and assumptions change or prove to have
been incorrect, the Company could incur significant charges related to legal matters that could have a material
impact on its results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Note 9. Debt

3.50% Convertible Senior Notes due February 2018

In February 2013, the Company issued 3.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018 (the “3.50% Convertible
Notes”) under an indenture between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as
trustee. Holders of the 3.50% Convertible Notes were entitled to convert their notes at any time until the close of the
business day immediately preceding the maturity date of February 1, 2018. The 3.50% Convertible Notes were
convertible into common stock of the Company at an initial conversion rate equal to 187.6877 shares of common
stock per $1,000 principal amount, which is equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $5.33 per share of
common stock, subject to adjustment.

On January 30, 2018, the Company entered into exchange agreements (the “Exchange Agreements”) with the
holders of the 3.50% Convertible Notes, which amended the original settlement terms of the notes and allowed the
Company to settle the then outstanding $13.0 million principal balance of the 3.50% Convertible Notes and accrued
interest in cash at maturity, and any excess equity value over the original conversion price in shares. In exchange for
the agreement to settle in cash, the Company agreed to pay $0.3 million exchange premium. The $0.3 million
exchange premium was accounted for as debt extinguishment and included in Other expense, net.

On February 1, 2018, pursuant to the Exchange Agreements, the Company paid $13.2 million in cash to settle

outstanding principal and accrued interest, and on February 7, 2018 issued 253,000 shares of the Company’s
common stock to the 3.50% Convertible Notes holders. The total number of shares was determined using a three-
day volume weighted averaging price period and based on a prescribed formula in the Exchange Agreements. As a
result, the 3.50% Convertible Notes were repaid in full and were not outstanding at June 30, 2018.

3.50% Series A Convertible Senior Notes due February 2018

In April 2014, the Company issued 3.50% Series A Convertible Senior Notes due 2018 (the “3.50% Series A
Convertible Notes”) under an indenture between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
N.A., as trustee. Holders of the 3.50% Series A Convertible Notes were entitled to convert their notes at any time on
or after November 1, 2017 until the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date
of February 1, 2018. The initial conversion rate is 187.6877 shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000
principal amount, which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $5.33 per share of the Company’s
common stock.

Pursuant to the original settlement terms, the Company made an irrevocable net share settlement election and
paid cash for principal plus accrued interest upon maturity to holders who did not elect to convert. Prior to maturity,
one note holder elected to convert their notes and receive a combination of cash and shares at settlement. The
number of shares was determined based on a prescribed formula in the indenture. On February 1, 2018, the
Company paid an aggregate amount of $27.0 million in cash and delivered 1,252 shares of its common stock to
settle the 3.50% Series A Convertible Notes. As a result, the 3.50% Series A Convertible Notes were repaid in full
and were not outstanding at June 30, 2018.

101

3.75% Convertible Senior Notes due July 2022

In August 2017, the Company issued $85.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.75% Convertible Senior
Notes due 2022 (the “3.75% Convertible Notes”) under an indenture between the Company and The Bank of New
York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. $53.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 3.75% Convertible
Notes were issued to certain holders of the Company’s outstanding 3.50% Convertible Notes and 3.50% Series A
Convertible Notes (together, the “Existing Notes”) in exchange for approximately $47.0 million aggregate principal
amount of the Existing Notes (the “Exchange”) and $32.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 3.75%
Convertible Notes were issued to certain other qualified new investors for cash. The net proceeds of the cash
issuance were used to repurchase approximately $28.0 million of Existing Notes (the “Repurchase”).

Holders of the 3.75% Convertible Notes may convert their notes at any time on or after April 15, 2022 until the

close of the business day immediately preceding the maturity date. Prior to April 15, 2022, holders of the 3.75%
Convertible Notes may convert their notes only under certain circumstances.

Upon conversion, the Company will have the right to pay cash, or deliver shares of common stock of the

Company or a combination thereof, at the Company’s election. The initial conversion rate is 174.8252 shares of the
Company’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount (which represents an initial conversion price of
approximately $5.72 per share of the Company’s common stock). The conversion rate, and thus the conversion
price, is subject to adjustment as further described below.

Holders of the 3.75% Convertible Notes who convert their notes in connection with a “make-whole fundamental

change,” as defined in the indenture, may be entitled to a make-whole premium in the form of an increase in the
conversion rate. Additionally, in the event of a “fundamental change,” as defined in the indenture, holders of the
3.75% Convertible Notes may require the Company to purchase all or a portion of their note at a fundamental
change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 3.75% Convertible Notes, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the fundamental change repurchase date. As of June 30, 2018,
approximately $85.0 million aggregate principal amount was outstanding.

Revolving Credit Facility

On June 14, 2017, the Company entered into a credit and security agreement with a lender (the “Credit

Agreement”). The Credit Agreement provides the Company with a revolving credit facility in the initial amount of
$52.0 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). Availability for borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility is
subject to a borrowing base that is calculated as a function of the value of the Company’s eligible accounts
receivable and eligible inventory, and the Company is required to maintain a minimum drawn balance of at least
30% of such availability. Interest on the borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility is payable monthly in
arrears at an annual interest rate of reserve-adjusted, 90-day LIBOR plus 4.50% and had initial maturity date of
June 14, 2021.

In December 2017, concurrently with the Term Loan Agreement described below, the Company entered into an
amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “Amendment” and, collectively with the Credit Agreement, the “Amended
Credit Agreement”). The Amendment reduced the maximum borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility to
$32.0 million and extended the maturity date of the Revolving Credit Facility to December 15, 2022.

The Amended Credit Agreement contains restrictions and covenants applicable to the Company. Among other
requirements, the Company may not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Amended Credit
Agreement) to be less than a certain specified ratio for each fiscal quarter during the term of the Revolving Credit
Facility. In addition, the Amended Credit Agreement contains customary restrictive covenants that limit, among
other things, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to (i) incur additional indebtedness, (ii) incur liens on
their property, (iii) pay dividends or make other distributions, (iv) sell their assets, (v) make certain loans or
investments, (vi) merge or consolidate, (vii) voluntarily repay or prepay certain indebtedness and (viii) enter into
transactions with affiliates, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The Company was in compliance with the
covenants as of June 30, 2018. As of June 30, 2018, approximately $24.0 million aggregate principal amount was
outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Term Loan

102

In December 2017, the Company entered into a credit and security agreement with a lender (the “Term Loan

Agreement”). The Term Loan Agreement provides for an initial term loan of $40.0 million with an additional
tranche of $20.0 million undrawn and available through December 31, 2018, if specified conditions are met (the
“Term Loan”). In connection with the Amendment, the Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the initial
advance to repay a portion of the outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. Interest on the Term
Loan is payable monthly in arrears at an annual interest rate of 6.75% plus 90-day LIBOR. The Term Loan
Agreement matures December 15, 2022 and, if prepaid, has fees equal to 3%, 2%, and 1% of the prepayment
amount if such termination occurs within the first year, the second year, and the third year of funding, respectively.
The term of the loan is 60 months with interest only for the first 24 months followed by straight-line amortization of
principal for the remaining months. In addition, the Company will pay an annual administrative fee of 0.25% and a
final payment of 4.0% of the Term Loan amount. As of June 30, 2018, approximately $40.0 million aggregate
principal amount was outstanding.

The following table presents the carrying value of all Credit Facilities and 3.75% Convertible Notes (in

thousands):

Revolving
Credit
Facility

3.75%
Convertible
Notes

Term Loan
Facility

Carrying amount of equity conversion component ............. $
Principal amount ................................................................. $
Unamortized debt costs .......................................................
Unamortized debt discount..................................................
Net carrying amount ............................................................ $

— $
23,685 $
—
—
23,685 $

14,650 $
85,000 $
(3,351)
(12,267)
69,382 $

— $
40,000 $
(1,721)
(269)
38,010 $

A summary of interest expense on the Credit Facilities and Notes is as follows (in thousands):

Total

14,650
148,685
(5,072)
(12,536)
131,077

Interest expense related to contractual interest coupon .................... $
Interest expense related to amortization of debt discount ................
Interest expense related to amortization of debt issuance costs .......
Total ............................................................................................ $

9,953 $
3,377
1,629
14,959 $

9,465 $
4,052
3,785
17,302 $

9,411
6,321
1,728
17,460

2018

Year ended June 30,
2017

2016

Note 10. Shareholders’ Equity

At June 30, 2018, the Company had 7.8 million shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the stock

incentive plans and the employee stock purchase plan.

Note 11. Stock Incentive Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan

As of June 30, 2018, the Company had three outstanding stock incentive plans: the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan,
or the 2016 Plan; the 2007 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2007 Plan; and the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 1998
Plan. The 2016 Plan permits the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards,
performance shares, performance units, and restricted stock units, or RSUs. The vesting of RSUs granted under the
2016 Plan are primarily service-based (over the requisite service period) while the vesting of performance units
granted under the 2016 Plan are primarily performance-based, or PSUs, or market-based, or MSUs. Only employees
of the Company are eligible to receive incentive stock options. Non-employees may be granted non-qualified stock
options.

103

Stock options granted under the 2016 Plan have an exercise price of at least 100% of the fair market value of the

underlying stock on the grant date. The stock options have 10 year contractual terms and generally become
exercisable for 25% of the option shares one year from the date of grant and then ratably over the following
36 months. Service-based RSUs granted under the equity plans generally vest 25% of the share units covered by the
grant on each of the first through fourth anniversaries of the date of the grant, subject to the continued service of the
grantee through each such date. However, certain of the outstanding RSUs under our equity plans vest 50% upon the
first anniversary year of the grant date, and 50% upon the second anniversary year of the grant date. The Board of
Directors has the discretion to use different vesting schedules.

As of June 30, 2018, the 2007 Plan and the 1998 Plan each continued to remain in effect; however, the Company

can no longer grant equity awards under such plans.

The following table summarizes the share-based compensation charges included in the Company’s consolidated

statements of operations and comprehensive loss (in thousands):

Cost of revenue ................................................................................. $
Research and development ...............................................................
Selling and marketing .......................................................................
General and administrative ...............................................................
Total ............................................................................................ $

1,866 $
2,312
1,390
6,721
12,289 $

1,991 $
2,490
2,827
6,321
13,629 $

1,677
2,564
2,633
5,764
12,638

2018

Years ended June 30,
2017

2016

The amount of capitalized share-based compensation costs as components of inventory was insignificant at

June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

Stock Options

The fair value of each option is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula with

the following assumptions:

Risk–free interest rate.......................................................................
Dividend yield ..................................................................................
Expected term...................................................................................
Expected volatility............................................................................

1.98%
—%

5.25
43.9%

1.76%
—%

5.12
46.4%

—%
—%
—
—%

2018

Years Ended June 30,
2017

2016(1)

(1)

The Company did not issue any stock options for the year ended June 30, 2016.

Determining Fair Value of Stock Options

The fair value of each grant of stock options was determined by the Company using the methods and assumptions

discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

Valuation and Amortization Method—The Company estimates the fair value of its stock options using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This fair value is then amortized over the requisite service periods of the
awards.

Expected Term—The Company estimates the expected term of stock option by taking the average of the vesting

term and the contractual term of the option, as illustrated by the simplified method.

Expected Volatility—The expected volatility is derived from the Company’s historical stock volatility over a

period approximately equal to the expected term of the options.

104

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve on the date of grant.

Dividend Yield—The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s history and expectation of no

dividend payouts.

A summary of option activity under the Company’s incentive plan during the fiscal years is presented below (in

thousands except per share and term amounts):

Options
Outstanding

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Balance at June 30, 2015 .....................................................
Options granted ...................................................................
Options exercised ................................................................
Options forfeited/expired.....................................................
Balance at June 30, 2016 .....................................................
Options granted ...................................................................
Options exercised ................................................................
Options forfeited/expired.....................................................
Balance at June 30, 2017 .....................................................
Options granted ...................................................................
Options exercised ................................................................
Options forfeited/expired.....................................................
Balance at June 30, 2018 .....................................................
Vested or Expected to vest at June 30, 2018 .......................
Exercisable at June 30, 2018 ...............................................

2,537 $
—
(59)
(101)
2,377
760
(113)
(561)
2,463
795
(109)
(465)
2,684
2,684
1,496 $

7.91
—
4.89
7.53
8.00
5.05
5.18
13.38
6.05
4.12
4.02
7.76
5.26
5.26
5.92

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(In Years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

5.10 $

1,862

3.97 $

452

5.42 $

191

6.16 $
6.16 $
3.90 $

60
60
9

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between

the fair value of the Company’s common stock on June 29, 2018 of $4.10 and the exercise price of the options that
would have been received by option holders if all options exercisable had been exercised on June 30, 2018. The total
intrinsic value of options exercised in the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was approximately
$0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

During the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company recognized $0.6 million, $0.5 million and

$0.8 million, respectively, of share-based compensation expense for stock options granted to employees.

Tax benefits from tax deductions for exercised options and disqualifying dispositions in excess of the deferred
tax asset attributable to stock compensation costs for such options are credited to additional paid-in capital. Upon
adoption of ASU 2016-09 on July 1, 2017, the benefit are recognized against income taxes. Realized excess tax
benefits related to stock options exercises was zero for each of the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

As of June 30, 2018, there was approximately $1.7 million of unrecognized compensation cost net of estimated
forfeitures, related to unvested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of
3.0 years.

105

The following table summarizes information about outstanding and exercisable options at June 30, 2018 (in

thousands, except years and exercise price):

Range of Exercise Prices
$4.00 – 4.00...............................................................
$4.01 – 5.00...............................................................
$5.05 – 5.05...............................................................
$5.38 – 5.77...............................................................
$5.97 – 6.28...............................................................
$6.32 – 6.96...............................................................
$7.06 – 8.25...............................................................
$8.54 – 8.54...............................................................
$8.56 – 8.56...............................................................
$8.89 – 8.89...............................................................
Total Outstanding......................................................

Options Outstanding
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Options Exercisable

Number
Outstanding

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Number
Outstanding

708
243
650
303
300
428
19
—
27
6
2,684

9.07 $
6.01
8.42
1.52
4.07
3.18
2.76
0.16
2.59
2.83
6.16 $

4.00
4.46
5.05
5.68
6.26
6.74
7.75
8.54
8.56
8.89
5.26

22 $
134
257
303
300
428
19
—
27
6
1,496 $

4.00
4.14
5.05
5.67
6.23
6.74
7.75
8.54
8.56
8.89
5.92

Restricted Stock

The following table summarizes the activity of RSUs, PSUs and MSUs (in thousands, except fair value per

share):

Total
Number of
Shares
Underlying
Stock
Awards

Performance
Stock Units

Market
Stock Units

Restricted
Stock Units

Unvested Restricted Stock
Unvested at June 30, 2015 ........................................
Granted......................................................................
Vested........................................................................
Cancelled/Forfeited ...................................................
Unvested at June 30, 2016 ........................................
Granted......................................................................
Vested........................................................................
Cancelled/Forfeited ...................................................
Unvested at June 30, 2017 ........................................
Granted......................................................................
Vested........................................................................
Cancelled/Forfeited ...................................................
Unvested at June 30, 2018 ........................................

3,325
2,563
(1,138)
(546)
4,204
1,622
(1,534)
(408)
3,884
1,529
(1,167)
(546)
3,700

20
—
(20)
—
—
10
—
—
10
53
—
—
63

1,138
585
(413)
(148)
1,162
708
(176)
(361)
1,333
654
—
(590)
1,397

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
6.86
6.12
6.81
6.59
6.48
5.03
4.99
5.86
5.75
4.40
6.24
5.87
5.03

4,483 $
3,148
(1,571)
(694)
5,366
2,340
(1,710)
(769)
5,227
2,236
(1,167)
(1,136)
5,160 $

As of June 30, 2018, there was approximately $10.7 million of unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated

forfeitures, related to restricted stock, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of
1.93 years.

106

Restricted Stock Units

The Company recognized $7.8 million, $9.5 million and $7.6 million of share-based compensation expense, net

of estimated forfeitures, related to RSUs during the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016. The weighted
average grant date fair value per share of RSUs was $4.57, $5.03 and $6.01 for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017
and 2016, respectively. The aggregate fair market value of RSUs that vested during the year ended June 30, 2018
was $5.6 million.

Performance Stock Units

The Compensation Committee approved the grant of 53,000, 10,000 and zero PSUs to select employees of the

Company in the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Of these PSUs, zero, zero and 20,000
vested in the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, due to the achievement of the requisite
performance targets while none were cancelled in the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

The Company recognized $0.1 million, zero, and $0.04 million of share-based compensation expense, net of

estimated forfeitures, related to PSUs during the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

Market Stock Units

The Compensation Committee approved the performance equity program, referred to as the market stock unit

program, or MSU program, in October 2012. The Company’s MSU Program uses the Russell 2000 index as a
performance benchmark and requires that the Company’s total stockholder return match or exceed that of the
Russell 2000. Based on a sliding scale of how much the Company’s total stockholder return outperforms the Russell
2000 benchmark, the participating executives can earn up to a maximum of 150% of the target number of shares
over two measurement periods. The Company uses a Monte-Carlo simulation to calculate the fair value of the award
on the grant date. The Compensation Committee approved the grant of 0.6 million, 0.7 million and 0.6 million
MSUs to select employees of the Company in the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Of these
MSUs, zero, 0.2 million and 0.4 million vested in the years ending June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, due
to the Company’s total stockholder return performance against the Russell 2000 index while 0.6 million, 0.4 million
and 0.1 million MSUs were cancelled in the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

The Company recognized $2.6 million, $2.5 million and $3.0 million of share-based compensation expense, net

of estimated forfeitures, related to MSUs during the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The
weighted average grant date fair value per share of MSUs was $4.11, $5.20 and $6.61 for the years ended June 30,
2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As of June 30, 2018, there was approximately $2.3 million of unrecognized
compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to MSUs.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, qualified

employees are permitted to purchase the Company’s common stock at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of
the common stock on the commencement date of each offering period or the fair market value on the specified
purchase date. The ESPP is deemed compensatory and compensation costs are accounted for under ASC 718, Stock
Compensation. Employees’ payroll deductions may not exceed 10% of their salaries. Employees may purchase up to
2,500 shares per period provided that the value of the shares purchased in any calendar year may not exceed
$25,000, as calculated pursuant to the purchase plan.

107

The Company estimates the fair value of ESPP shares at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing

model. The weighted average assumptions were as follows:

Risk–free interest rate ............................................
Dividend yield........................................................
Expected term ........................................................
Expected volatility .................................................

2018

Years Ended June 30,
2017

1.07% –2.28%

0.49% – 0.70%

—%
0.5 – 1.0

31.3% – 51.1%

24.6% – 42.0%

2016
0.51% – 0.70%
—%
0.5 – 1.0
33.3% – 49.1%

The risk-free rate for the expected term of the ESPP option was based on the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity
rate for each offering period; expected volatility was based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common
stock; and the expected term was based upon the offering period of the ESPP. For the years ended June 30, 2018,
2017 and 2016, the Company recognized $1.2 million, $1.2 million and $1.3 million, respectively, of compensation
expense related to its ESPP.

The Company issued 0.9 million and 0.9 million shares under the ESPP in fiscal 2018 and 2017, respectively, at

a weighted average price per share of $3.62 and $3.84, respectively. As of June 30, 2018, total unrecognized
compensation cost related to the ESPP plan was $0.7 million, which the Company expects to recognize over a
weighted average period of 0.6 years.

Note 12. Income Taxes

Loss before provision for income taxes on the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive loss

included the following components (in thousands):

Domestic ........................................................................................... $
Foreign..............................................................................................
Total worldwide................................................................................ $

2018
(30,747) $
7,726
(23,021) $

Years Ended June 30,
2017
(35,227) $
6,686
(28,541) $

2016
(32,710)
9,542
(23,168)

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

Current:
Federal .............................................................................................. $
State ..................................................................................................
Foreign..............................................................................................
Total current...................................................................................... $
Deferred:
Federal ..............................................................................................
State ..................................................................................................
Foreign..............................................................................................
Total deferred....................................................................................
Total provision for income taxes ...................................................... $

2018

Years Ended June 30,
2017

2016

— $
63
785
848 $

—
—
30
30
878 $

— $
14
1,292
1,306 $

—
—
(268)
(268)
1,038 $

—
17
2,723
2,740

—
—
(404)
(404)
2,336

108

Income tax payable was $1.1 million, $1.2 million and $2.3 million at June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016,

respectively. A reconciliation of income taxes at the statutory federal income tax rate to the provision for income
taxes included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss is as follows (in
thousands):

U.S. federal taxes (benefit):
At federal statutory rate .................................................................... $
State tax, net of federal benefit .........................................................
Share-based compensation expense..................................................
Debt extinguishment.........................................................................
Other non-deductible permanent items.............................................
Credits...............................................................................................
Foreign taxes.....................................................................................
Other .................................................................................................
Transition Tax...................................................................................
Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ......................................................................
Change in valuation allowance.........................................................
Total.................................................................................................. $

2018

Years Ended June 30,
2017

2016

(6,446) $
63
1,712
967
702
(142)
(1,295)
(228)
3,348
54,072
(51,875)
878 $

(9,988) $
14
802
—
771
(359)
(1,355)
83
—
—
11,070
1,038 $

(8,108)
17
701
338
877
(795)
(1,084)
20
—
—
10,370
2,336

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets

and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant
components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets were as follows (in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:
Federal and state net operating losses................................................................. $
Accrued expenses and reserves ..........................................................................
Deferred revenue ................................................................................................
Credits.................................................................................................................
Share-based compensation expense....................................................................
Capitalized research and development ...............................................................
Unicap.................................................................................................................
Fixed assets/intangibles ......................................................................................
Other ...................................................................................................................
Total deferred tax assets .....................................................................................
Deferred tax liabilities:
Debt discount ......................................................................................................
Section 481 adjustment.......................................................................................
Total deferred tax liabilities................................................................................
Valuation allowance ...........................................................................................
Net deferred tax assets ........................................................................................ $

June 30,

2018

2017

77,870
6,290
2,985
20,857
2,233
3,988
1,571
1,486
1,650
118,930

—
(239)
(239)
(117,674)
$
1,017

122,465
8,374
5,095
18,862
5,460
7,441
2,456
2,451
1,334
173,938

(494)
(768)
(1,262)
(171,733)
943

109

As of June 30, 2018, the Company had approximately $329.7 million and $146.8 million in federal and state net
operating loss carryforwards, respectively. The federal and state carryforwards expire in varying amounts beginning
in 2019 for both federal and state purposes. As of July 1, 2017, the Company adopted ASU 2016-09 and as a result
recognized a stock compensation excess windfall that were converted into net operating losses deferred tax which
did not materially affect the deferred tax balance.

In addition, as of June 30, 2018, the Company had federal and state research and development tax credits of
approximately $18.9 million and $19.2 million, respectively. The federal research credits will begin to expire in
2019, the California research credits have no expiration date, and the other state research credits began to expire in
2014.

Under the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Sections 382 and 383, annual use of our net operating loss and

research tax credit carryforwards to offset taxable income may be limited based on cumulative changes in
ownership. An analysis of the impact of this provision through March 31, 2016 has been performed and it was
determined that, although ownership changes had occurred, the carryovers should be available for utilization by the
Company before they expire, provided we generate sufficient future taxable income. There were no equity
financings in the current fiscal year that would result in an ownership change under Section 382. The Company will
continue to monitor the changes in equity that would affect the tax attributes as reported.

Based on the available objective evidence and history of losses, the Company has established a 100% valuation

allowance against the combined domestic net deferred tax assets of Accuray and TomoTherapy because of
uncertainty surrounding the realization of such deferred tax assets.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, the Tax Act, was signed into law making significant

changes to the Internal Revenue Code. Changes include, but are not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from
35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S international taxation
from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed
repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017. Based on the Company’s understanding of the
Tax Act and current guidance available, there was no additional income tax expense resulting from the enactment of
the Tax Act on the Company’s 2018 fiscal year end. As a result of the cumulative earnings in its foreign
subsidiaries, the Company estimates it will have transition tax inclusion that will result in a reduction of its current
year net operating loss. In December 2017, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, or SAB 118, was issued to address
the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available,
prepared, or analyzed in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act.
In accordance with SAB 118, additional analysis is necessary for certain aspects of the changes in tax law including
the calculation of the transition tax, the deductibility of executive compensation and the impact on the various state
tax filings. The amounts recorded were based on the Company's initial evaluation of the impacts of the Act, and
these amounts are subject to change as the Company continues to refine and update the underlying data, calculations
and assumptions used during the measurement period of up to one year under SAB 118. The Company expects to
complete its analysis in fiscal 2019.

The Company has not provided for U.S. income taxes on certain undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries

because it intends to permanently re-invest these earnings outside the U.S. The cumulative amount of such
undistributed earnings upon which no U.S. income taxes have been provided as of June 30, 2018 was $32.4 million.

Under ASC Topic 740, Accounting for Income Taxes, the enactment of the Tax Act also requires companies to
recognize the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities and the retroactive effects
of changes in tax laws in the period in which the new legislation is enacted. Consequently, the Company accounted
for a provisional estimated reduction of the U.S. deferred tax assets from $171.3 million to approximately $117.2
million with a corresponding decrease of $54.1 million to the Company’s valuation allowance. The Company
expects the new law to significantly reduce its tax rate in future periods, and its tax footnote reflects the effects of a
federal tax rate reduction net of its valuation allowance. In addition, the Company is still evaluating the realizability
of certain deferred tax assets.

110

Beginning in fiscal 2019, companies may be subject to global intangible low tax income (“GILTI”), which is a
tax on foreign income in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations as well as the new base
erosion anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”) under the Tax Act. GILTI will be effectively taxed at a tax rate of 10.5%. Due to
the complexity of the GILTI tax rules, companies are allowed to make an accounting policy choice of either (1)
treating taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense when
incurred or (2) factoring such amounts into a company’s measurement of its deferred taxes under the SAB 118. The
Company has not yet made an election with respect to GILTI. The Company will continue to review the GILTI and
BEAT rules to determine their applicability to the company as the rules become effective.

The aggregate changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits were as follows (in thousands):

Balance at beginning of year.......................................................... $
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions...........................................................................................
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions...........................................................................................
Reductions ........................................................................................
Balance at end of year .................................................................... $

2018

Years Ended June 30,
2017

2016

15,819 $

16,643 $

17,023

823

1,190

1,811

—
(1,343)

299
(2,313)

449
(2,640)

15,299 $

15,819 $

16,643

The calculation of unrecognized tax benefits involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex

global tax regulations. Management regularly assesses the Company’s tax positions with respect to legislative,
bilateral tax treaty, regulatory and judicial developments in the countries in which the Company does business. The
reduction in prior year’s tax positions primarily relates to lapses of applicable statutes of limitations. The Company
anticipates that except for $0.01 million in uncertain tax positions that may be reduced related to the lapse of various
statutes of limitation, there will be no material changes in uncertain tax positions in the next 12 months. As of
June 30, 2018, the amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits was $15.3 million of which $13.1 million would affect
the Company’s effective tax rate if realized.

The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax

expense. As of June 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company had approximately $0.04 million and $0.2 million,
respectively, of accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal, various states and foreign jurisdictions. Due
to tax attributes being carried forward and utilized during open years, the statute of limitations remains open for the
U.S. federal jurisdiction and domestic states for tax years from 1999 and forward. The statutes of limitation with
respect to the foreign jurisdictions where the Company files income tax returns vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction
and range from 4 to 10 years, and the material foreign jurisdictions are France, Switzerland, and Japan .

The Company is also subject to examination of its income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and
other tax authorities, and in some cases the Company has received additional tax assessments which have not been
significant. During fiscal year 2017, the Company received tax assessments from the Swiss Vaud Canton tax
administration for the 2013, 2015 and 2016 tax periods. The Swiss total assessment of $0.1 million was settled in
2017. In fiscal 2018, the Company was audited by the French tax authorities for the fiscal periods 2015, 2016 and
2017 with no material assessment.

Note 13. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company’s employee savings and retirement plan is qualified under Section 401(k) of the United States
Internal Revenue Code. Employees may make voluntary, tax-deferred contributions to the 401(k) Plan up to the
statutorily prescribed annual limit. The Company makes discretionary matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan on
behalf of employees up to the limit determined by the Board of Directors. The Company contributed $2.2 million,
$2.0 million and $2.1 million to the 401(k) Plan during the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

111

Note 14. Defined Benefit Pension Obligation

The Company has established a defined pension plan for its employees in its Switzerland subsidiary. The plan

provides benefits to employees upon retirement, death or disability. The Company uses June 30 as the year-end
measurement date for this plan. The unfunded liability of $2.0 million was recognized in long-term other liabilities
in the accompanying balance sheet as of June 30, 2018. Actuarial gain of $0.9 million was recognized in other
comprehensive loss in fiscal 2018.

Obligations and Funded Status

The following table presents the funded status of the defined benefit pension plan (in thousands):

Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation—beginning of fiscal year ..................................................... $
Service cost.........................................................................................................
Interest cost.........................................................................................................
Plan participants’ contributions ..........................................................................
Plan amendment..................................................................................................
Actuarial gain......................................................................................................
Foreign currency changes ...................................................................................
Benefit and expense payments............................................................................
Benefit obligation—end of fiscal year................................................................ $
Change in plan assets:
Plan assets—beginning of fiscal year ................................................................. $
Employer contributions ......................................................................................
Actual return on plan assets................................................................................
Plan participants’ contributions ..........................................................................
Foreign currency changes ...................................................................................
Benefit and expense payments............................................................................
Plan assets—end of fiscal year ........................................................................... $
Funded status ...................................................................................................... $
Amounts recognized within the consolidated balance sheets:
Assets.................................................................................................................. $
Long-term other liabilities ..................................................................................
Net amount recognized ....................................................................................... $

June 30,

2018

2017

13,979 $
1,887
97
1,878
(108)
(935)
(470)
(2,074)
14,254 $

11,293 $
1,347
141
1,878
(393)
(2,074)
12,192 $
(2,062) $

— $

(2,062)
(2,062) $

12,435
1,996
49
1,945
—
(846)
265
(1,865)
13,979

9,572
1,283
137
1,945
221
(1,865)
11,293
(2,686)

—
(2,686)
(2,686)

The following table presents the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss (before tax) for

the defined benefit pension plan (in thousands):

Net loss ............................................................................................................... $
Prior service cost.................................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive loss ............................................................. $

(1,117) $
973
(144) $

(2,066)
949
(1,117)

June 30,

2018

2017

112

The following table presents the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of
plan assets for this defined benefit pension plan where accumulated benefit obligation exceeded the fair value of
plan assets (in thousands):

June 30,

2018

2017

Projected benefit obligation................................................................................ $
Accumulated benefit obligation.......................................................................... $
Fair value of plan assets...................................................................................... $

14,254
12,413
12,192

$
$
$

13,979
11,293
11,293

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Loss

The following table shows the components of the Company’s net periodic benefit costs and the other amounts

recognized in other comprehensive loss, before tax, related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plan (in
thousands):

Net Periodic Benefit Costs:
Service cost....................................................................................... $
Interest cost.......................................................................................
Expected returns on assets ................................................................
Amortization of prior service cost ....................................................
Amortization of net loss....................................................................
Net periodic benefit costs .................................................................
Other Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Loss:
Net (gain) loss arising during the year..............................................
Prior service cost...............................................................................
Amortization of prior service cost ....................................................
Amortization of net gain...................................................................
Total recognized in other comprehensive gain (loss)..................
Total recognized in net periodic benefit costs and other
comprehensive loss ............................................................... $

2018

Year ended June 30,
2017

2016

1,887 $
97
(156)
(44)
11
1,795

(901)
(105)
44
(11)
(973)

1,996 $
49
(132)
(46)
114
1,981

(881)
46
—
(114)
(949)

1,903
76
(102)
—
53
1,930

1,093
(491)
—
(53)
549

822 $

1,032 $

2,479

The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss that are expected to be recognized as components of net
periodic benefit cost during fiscal year 2019 related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plan are as follows (in
thousands):

Net loss ........................................................................................................................................
Prior service credit.......................................................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive loss ......................................................................................

2019

631
(505)
126

113

Assumptions

The assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost and to compute the expected long-term return on

assets for the Company’s defined benefit pension plan were as follows:

Net Periodic Benefit Costs:
Discount rate ....................................................................................
Rate of compensation increase .........................................................
Expected long-term return on assets ................................................

0.90%
1.50%
1.40%

0.70%
2.00%
1.40%

0.40%
2.00%
1.40%

2018

Fiscal Years
2017

2016

The assumptions used to measure the benefit obligation for the Company’s defined benefit pension plan were as

follows:

Benefit Obligation:
Discount rate ......................................................................................................
Rate of compensation increase ...........................................................................

0.90%
1.50%

1.40%
2.00%

June 30,

2018

2017

Estimated Contributions and Future Benefit Payments

The Company made contributions of approximately $1.3 million, $1.3 million and $1.2 million to the defined
benefit pension plan during fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 respectively. The Company expects total contributions
to the defined benefit pension plan for fiscal year 2019 will be approximately $1.4 million.

Estimated future benefit payments to the defined benefit pension plan at June 30, 2018 were as follows (in

thousands):

Year Ending June 30,
2019 ...........................................................................................................................................
2020 ...........................................................................................................................................
2021 ...........................................................................................................................................
2022 ...........................................................................................................................................
2023 ...........................................................................................................................................
Thereafter ....................................................................................................................................
Total.............................................................................................................................................

Future
Benefits

1,093
1,006
942
894
858
4,820
9,613

Plan Assets

The plan assets are invested in insurance contracts with Swiss Life Foundation BVG (BVG) insurance company

based in Zurich, Switzerland at the end of fiscal year 2017 and 2018 and are expected to be invested 100% in
insurance contracts in fiscal 2019, which are reinsured by Swiss Life Ltd (SLL). SLL invests the vested pension
capital and provides a 100% capital and interest rate guarantee as negotiated by the Company. In 2018, the
Company negotiated a guaranteed interest rate of 1.25% for mandatory retirement savings and 0.75% for
supplementary retirement savings. The pension plan is entitled to an annual bonus from the SLL comprising the
effective savings, risk and cost results. The technical administration and management of the savings account are
guaranteed by the SLL on behalf of BVG. Insurance benefits due are paid directly to the entitled persons by the SLL
in the name of and for the account of the collective foundation. The Company has committed itself to pay the annual
contributions and costs due under the pension fund regulations.

114

The contract of affiliation between the Company and BVG can be terminated by either side. In the event of a

termination, recipients of retirement and survivors’ benefits would remain with the collective foundation. The
Company commits itself to transfer its active insured members and recipients of disability benefits to the new
employee benefits institution, thus releasing BVG from all obligations.

Note 15. Segment Disclosure

The Company has one operating and reporting segment (oncology systems group), which develops, manufactures

and markets proprietary medical devices used in radiation therapy for the treatment of cancer patients. The
Company’s Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Operating Decision Maker, reviews financial information presented
on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing financial performance. The
Company does not assess the performance of its individual product lines on measures of profit or loss, or asset based
metrics. Therefore, the information below is presented only for revenues and long-lived tangible assets by
geographic areas.

Revenues attributed to a country or region is based on the shipping addresses of the Company’s customers. The

following summarizes revenue by geographic region (in thousands):

Americas ........................................................................................... $
Europe, Middle East, India and Africa .............................................
Asia Pacific.......................................................................................
Japan .................................................................................................
Total ............................................................................................ $

2018
145,689 $
120,032
72,925
66,251
404,897 $

Years ended June 30,
2017
151,442 $
104,026
59,278
68,668
383,414 $

2016
159,517
138,877
62,888
37,518
398,800

Information regarding geographic areas in which the Company has long-lived tangible assets is as follows (in

thousands):

Americas ............................................................................................................. $
Europe, Middle East, India and Africa ...............................................................
Asia Pacific (excluding Japan and India) ...........................................................
Japan ...................................................................................................................

Total .............................................................................................................. $

19,698 $
569
1,635
1,796
23,698 $

18,435
730
1,533
2,364
23,062

June 30,
2018

June 30,
2017

Note 16. Restructuring Charges

The Company incurred no restructuring charges for the years ended June 30, 2018 and 2017. The Company
incurred approximately $2.5 million in restructuring charges in connection with its workforce re-alignment for the
year ended June 30, 2016.

As part of the Company’s plan to enhance operational performance through productivity initiatives, the Company
implemented a re-alignment of its workforce during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016. The re-alignment affected
approximately 3% of the Company’s total workforce. These restructuring charges were included in cost of goods
sold and operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company had no accrued
restructuring charges in the consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2018 and 2017.

115

Note 17. Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

The following table provides the selected quarterly financial data for fiscal 2018 and 2017 (in thousands, except

net income (loss) per share amounts:

Quarters ended

Net revenue.......................................................................... $
Gross profit.......................................................................... $
Net loss ................................................................................ $
Net loss per share—basic and diluted ................................. $
Shares used in basic and diluted per share calculation........

Net revenue.......................................................................... $
Gross profit.......................................................................... $
Net income (loss)................................................................. $
Net loss per share—basic and diluted ................................. $
Shares used in basic and diluted per share calculation........

Note 18. Subsequent Events

September
30, 2017

December 31,
2017
100,329 $
39,355 $
(4,719) $
(0.06) $
84,586

March 31,
2018
99,832 $
36,249 $
(8,852) $
(0.10) $
85,459

June 30,
2018
113,786
47,985
(946)
(0.01)
85,677

90,950 $
38,106 $
(9,382) $
(0.11) $
83,747

Quarters ended

September
30, 2016

December 31,
2016
87,502 $
31,387 $
(9,369) $
(0.11) $
82,328

March 31,
2017
97,312 $
35,425 $
(5,029) $
(0.06) $
82,913

June 30,
2017
112,094
43,185
(5,255)
(0.06)
83,179

86,506 $
31,344 $
(9,926) $
(0.12) $
81,576

On August 16 , 2018, the Company announced that Kevin Waters, the Company’s Senior Vice President, Chief

Financial Officer, will be leaving the Company October 1, 2018 to pursue other business opportunities. As part of
this transition, effective October 1, 2018, Shig Hamamatsu, currently the Company’s Vice President, Finance and
Chief Accounting Officer, will assume the CFO responsibilities and become the Company’s interim Chief Financial
Officer.

116

Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the

effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of
the Exchange Act) as of June 30, 2018.

Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of the end of

the period covered by our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to
provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit
under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the
SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including
our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosure.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as
such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of the
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of
our internal control over financial reporting based upon the guidelines established in Internal Control—Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) 2013.

Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective

as of June 30, 2018.

Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial
statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of the audit, has issued a report, included in
Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as
of June 30, 2018.

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has
evaluated any changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended
June 30, 2018, and has concluded that there was no change during such quarter that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations of Internal Controls

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting
objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves
human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human
failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management
override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on
a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of
the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not
eliminate, this risk.

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

117

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Accuray Incorporated

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Accuray Incorporated (a Delaware corporation)
and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2018, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of June 30, 2018, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework
issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended June
30, 2018, and our report dated August 24, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and

for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the
U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and
the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan

and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial
reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control
over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and
operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect

misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

San Jose, California

August 24, 2018

118

Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

The information in our 2018 Proxy Statement regarding directors and executive officers appearing under the
headings “Proposal One—Election of Directors,” “Executive Officers” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership
Reporting Compliance” is incorporated herein by reference.

In addition, the information in our 2018 Proxy Statement regarding the director nomination process, the Audit
Committee financial expert and the identification of the Audit Committee members appearing under the heading
“Corporate Governance and Board of Directors Matters” is incorporated herein by reference.

There have been no material changes to the procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to our

Board of Directors.

Code of Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics that applies to all employees including our principal executive
officer and principal financial officer. The full texts of our codes of business conduct and ethics are posted on our
website at www.accuray.com under the Investor Relations section. We intend to disclose future amendments to
certain provisions of our codes, or waivers of such provisions granted to executive officers and directors, on our
website within four business days following the date of such amendment or waiver. The inclusion of our web site
address in this report does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our web site into this report.

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information in our 2018 Proxy Statement appearing under the headings “Executive Compensation,”

“Compensation Committee Report,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation of Non-Employee
Directors” and “Corporate Governance and Board of Directors Matters—Compensation Committee Interlocks and
Insider Participation” is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information in our 2018 Proxy Statement appearing under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” is incorporated herein by
reference.

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE

The information in our 2018 Proxy Statement appearing under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions” and “Corporate Governance and Board of Directors Matters—Director Independence” is incorporated
herein by reference.

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information in our 2018 Proxy Statement appearing under the headings “Proposal Five—Ratification of
Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Audit and Non-Audit Services” and “Proposal
Five—Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Audit Committee
Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures” is incorporated herein by reference.

119

PART IV

Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) We have filed the following documents as part of this report:

1. Consolidated Financial Statements (as set forth in Item 8)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm................................................................................
Consolidated Balance Sheets ...............................................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss .....................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity...............................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows..............................................................................................................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .......................................................................................................

Page No.
78
79
80
81
82
83

2. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules

The financial statement schedule of the Registrant and its subsidiaries for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016 is
filed as a part of this report and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Registrant and its subsidiaries.

All financial statement schedules have been omitted, since the required information is not applicable or is not
present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included
in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

120

3 Exhibits

The following exhibits are incorporated by reference or filed herewith.

Exhibit
No.
3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5
4.6

4.7

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

Exhibit Description
Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation of Registrant.
Amended and Restated Bylaws of
Registrant.
Indenture by and between
Registrant and the Bank of New
York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.,
dated as of August 1, 2011.
Indenture by and between
Registrant and the Bank of New
York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.,
dated as of February 13, 2013.
Indenture by and between
Registrant and the Bank of New
York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.,
dated as of April 24, 2014.
Indenture between Registrant and
The Bank of New York Mellon
Trust Company, N.A., as trustee,
dated as of August 7, 2017.
Form of Common Stock Certificate.
Form of 3.75% Convertible Senior
Note due 2022 (included in Exhibit
4.4).
First Supplemental Indenture, dated
as of December 4, 2017, between
the Registrant and The Bank of New
York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.,
as trustee.
Industrial Complex Lease by and
between Registrant and MP
Caribbean, Inc., dated July 9, 2003,
as amended by the First
Amendment to Industrial Complex
Lease effective as of December 9,
2004 and the Second Amendment to
Industrial Complex Lease effective
as of September 25, 2006.
Third Amendment to Industrial
Complex Lease dated January 16,
2007.
Fourth Amendment to Industrial
Complex Lease by and between the
Registrant and BRCP Caribbean
Portfolio, LLC, dated September 18,
2007.
Fifth Amendment to Industrial
Complex Lease by and between the
Registrant and BRCP Caribbean
Portfolio, LLC, dated April 1, 2008.

Incorporated by Reference

Filer
(ARAY/
TOMO)
ARAY

Form
8-K

File No.
001-33301

Exhibit

Filing Date
3.1 02/06/2013

Furnished
or Filed
Herewith

ARAY

8-K

001-33301

3.1 03/23/2015

ARAY

10-Q

001-33301

10.1 11/08/2011

ARAY

10-Q

001-33301

4.1 05/09/2013

ARAY

8-K

001-33301

4.1 04/25/2014

ARAY

8-K

001-33301

4.1 08/08/2017

ARAY
ARAY

S-1/A
8-K

333-138622
001-33301

4.3 02/05/2007
4.1 08/08/2017

ARAY

8-K

001-33301

4.1 12/04/2017

ARAY

S-1

333-138622

10.1 11/13/2006

ARAY

10-K

001-33301

10.1(a) 09/04/2007

ARAY

10-Q

001-33301

10.3 02/04/2010

ARAY

10-Q

001-33301

10.4 02/04/2010

121

Exhibit
No.
10.5

Exhibit Description

10.7

10.6

10.8*

10.9*

Sixth Amendment to Industrial
Complex Lease by and between the
Registrant and I & G
Caribbean, Inc., dated December 18,
2009.
Seventh Amendment to Lease by
and between the Registrant and
DWF III Caribbean, LLC, dated
June 20, 2014.
Eighth Amendment to Lease by and
between the Registrant and DWF III
Caribbean, LLC, dated October 31,
2014.
Accuray Incorporated 1998 Equity
Incentive Plan and forms of
agreements relating thereto.
Accuray Incorporated 2007
Incentive Award Plan.
Form of Performance Stock Unit
Grant Notice and Performance
Stock Unit Agreement.
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant
Notice and Restricted Stock Unit
Agreement.
Form of Stock Option Grant Notice
and Stock Option Agreement.
Form of Market Stock Unit Grant
Notice and Award Agreement.
Form of 2016 Market Stock Unit
Grant Notice and Award Agreement
10.15* Accuray Incorporated 2016 Equity
Incentive Plan and forms of award
agreements thereunder.

10.10*

10.12*

10.13*

10.11*

10.14*

Incorporated by Reference

Filer
(ARAY/
TOMO)
ARAY

Form
10-Q

File No.
001-33301

Exhibit

Filing Date
10.5 02/04/2010

Furnished
or Filed
Herewith

ARAY

8-K

001-33301

10.1 06/24/2014

ARAY

10-Q

011-33301

10.1 02/06/2015

ARAY

S-1

333-138622

10.4 11/13/2006

ARAY

10-K

001-33301

10.8 09/19/2011

ARAY

8-K

001-33301

99.2 09/02/2014

ARAY

8-K

001-33301

99.1 09/02/2014

ARAY

8-K

001-33301

99.3 11/23/2011

001-33301

99.1 10/17/2012

001-33301

99.1 10/02/2015

001-33301

10.1 12/06/2016

10.16* Amended and Restated 2007

ARAY

DEF14A

001-33301

Appendix B 10/07/2016

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

10.17* Accuray Incorporated Performance

ARAY

DEF14A

001-33301

Appendix C 10/07/2016

10.18*

10.19*

10.20*

10.21*

10.22*

Bonus Plan, as amended on
September 22, 2016.
Stand-Alone Inducement Restricted
Stock Unit Agreement between
Registrant and Shigeyuki
Hamamatsu, effective September
29, 2017.
Form of Accuray Incorporated
Stand-Alone Inducement Restricted
Stock Unit Agreement.
Form of Accuray Incorporated
Stand-Alone Inducement
Performance Unit Agreement.
Form of Accuray Incorporated
Stand-Alone Inducement Stock
Option Agreement.
TomoTherapy Incorporated 2000
Stock Option Plan, as amended, and
forms of option agreements
thereunder.

ARAY

S-8

333-220698

99.1 09/28/2017

ARAY

S-8

333-224547

99.1 04/30/2018

ARAY

S-8

333-224547

99.2 04/30/2018

ARAY

S-8

333-224547

99.3 04/30/2018

ARAY

S-8

333-174952

99.1 06/17/2011

122

Exhibit
No.
10.23*

10.24*

10.25*

Exhibit Description

TomoTherapy Incorporated 2002
Stock Option Plan, as amended, and
forms of option agreements
thereunder.
TomoTherapy Incorporated 2007
Equity Incentive Plan, as amended,
and forms of option agreements
thereunder.
Form of Indemnification Agreement
by and between Registrant and each
of its directors and executive
officers.

Incorporated by Reference

Filer
(ARAY/
TOMO)
ARAY

Form
S-8

File No.
333-174952

Exhibit

Filing Date
99.2 06/17/2011

Furnished
or Filed
Herewith

ARAY

S-8

333-174952

99.3 06/17/2011

ARAY

10-Q

001-33301

10.7 05/10/2011

10.26‡ Nonexclusive End-User Software

ARAY

S-1

333-138622

10.18 11/13/2006

10.27‡

10.28

License Agreement by and between
Registrant and The Regents of the
University of California, dated
September 9, 2005.
License Agreement by and between
Registrant and The Board of
Trustees of the Leland Stanford
Junior University, effective as of
July 9, 1997.
Development and OEM Supply
Agreement by and between
TomoTherapy Incorporated and
Analogic Corporation, dated
January 27, 2003.

ARAY

S-1

333-138622

10.19 11/13/2006

TOMO

S-1/A

333-140600

10.11 04/16/2007

10.29* Amended and Restated Renewal

ARAY

10-Q

001-33301

10.3 02/05/2018

10.30*

10.31*

Executive Employment Agreement
by and between the Registrant and
Joshua H. Levine, dated January 1,
2018.
Renewal Executive Employment
Agreement by and between the
Registrant and Kelly Londy, dated
January 1, 2017.
Separation Agreement and General
Release by and between the
Registrant and Kelly Londy, dated
July 15, 2017.

ARAY

10-Q

001-33301

10.2 05/05/2017

ARAY

10-K

001-33301

10.29 08/25/2017

10.32* Amended and Restated Renewal

ARAY

10-Q

001-33301

10.7 02/05/2018

Executive Employment Agreement
by and between the Registrant and
Alaleh Nouri, dated January 1,
2018.

10.33* Amended and Restated Renewal

ARAY

10-Q

001-33301

10.4 02/05/2018

Executive Employment Agreement
by and between Registrant and
Kevin Waters, dated January 1,
2018.

10.34* Amended and Restated Renewal

ARAY

10-Q

001-33301

10.6 02/05/2018

Executive Employment Agreement
by and between Registrant and
Andrew J. Kirkpatrick, dated
January 1, 2018.

123

Exhibit
No.

Exhibit Description

10.35* Amended and Restated Executive

Employment Agreement by and
between Accuray International Sarl
and Lionel Hadjadjeba, dated
January 1, 2018.

Filer
(ARAY/
TOMO)
ARAY

Incorporated by Reference

Form
10-Q

File No.
001-33301

Exhibit

Filing Date
10.5 02/05/2018

Furnished
or Filed
Herewith

10.36* Offer Letter from Registrant to

ARAY

10-Q

001-33301

10.3 11/03/2017

10.37*

10.38*

10.39‡

10.40

10.41

10.42‡

10.43

10.44

Shigeyuki Hamamatsu, dated July
24, 2017.
Change in Control Agreement
between Registrant and Shigeyuki
Hamamatsu, dated September 21,
2017.
Consulting Agreement by and
Between Alaleh Nouri and the
Registrant, dated July 6, 2018.
Financing Agreement by and among
Registrant, certain subsidiaries of
the Registrant, the lenders from time
to time party thereto, and Cerberus
Business Finance, LLC, as collateral
agent and administrative agent for
the lenders dated January 11, 2016.
Amendment No. 1 to Financing
Agreement by and among the
Registrant, certain subsidiaries of
the Registrant, the lenders from time
to time party thereto, and Cerberus
Business Finance, LLC, as collateral
agent and administrative agent for
the lenders, dated November 4,
2016.
Amendment No. 2 to Financing
Agreement by and among the
Registrant, certain subsidiaries of
the Registrant, the lenders from time
to time party thereto, and Cerberus
Business Finance, LLC, as collateral
agent and administrative agent for
the lenders, dated March 10, 2017.
Credit and Security Agreement by
and among the Registrant,
TomoTherapy Incorporated, any
additional borrowers that may be
added thereto, MidCap Financial
Trust, individually as a lender and
as agent, and the other lenders from
time to time parties thereto, dated
June 14, 2017.
Form of Exchange/Repurchase
Agreement between Registrant and
each signatory thereto, dated July
27, 2017.
Form of Subscription Agreement
between Registrant and each
signatory thereto, dated July 27,
2017.

ARAY

10-Q

001-33301

10.4 11/03/2017

ARAY

8-K

001-33301

10.1 07/06/2018

ARAY

10-Q

001-33301

10.1 04/29/2016

ARAY

10-Q

001-33301

10.1 02/03/2017

ARAY

10-Q

001-33301

10.5 05/05/2017

ARAY

10-K

001-33301

10.37 08/25/2017

ARAY

8-K

001-33301

10.1 07/28/2017

ARAY

8-K

001-33301

10.2 07/28/2017

124

Exhibit
No.
10.45‡

Exhibit Description
Credit and Security Agreement by
and among the Registrant,
TomoTherapy Incorporated, any
additional borrowers that may be
added thereto, MidCap Financial
Trust, individually as a lender and
as agent, and the other financial
institutions or other entities from
time to time parties thereto, dated
December 15, 2017.
10.46‡ Amendment No. 1 to Credit and

Security Agreement by and among
the Registrant, TomoTherapy
Incorporated, any additional
borrowers that may be added
thereto, MidCap Funding IV Trust,
individually as lender and as agent,
and the other financial institutions
or other entities from time to time
parties thereto, dated December 15,
2017.

10.47‡ Amendment No. 1 to Credit and

Security Agreement by and among
the Registrant, TomoTherapy
Incorporated, any additional
borrowers that may be added
thereto, MidCap Financial Trust,
individually as a lender and as
agent, and the other financial
institutions or other entities from
time to time party thereto, dated
July 12, 2018.

10.48‡ Amendment No. 2 to Credit and

Security Agreement by and among
the Registrant, TomoTherapy
Incorporated, any additional
borrowers that may be added
thereto, MidCap Funding X Trust,
individually as lender and as agent,
and the other financial institutions
or other entities from time to time
party thereto, dated July 12, 2018.
List of subsidiaries.
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP,
independent registered public
accounting firm.
Power of Attorney (incorporated by
reference to the signature page of
this annual report on Form 10-K).
Certification of Chief Executive
Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Financial
Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

21.1
23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

Incorporated by Reference

Filer
(ARAY/
TOMO)
ARAY

Form
10-Q

File No.
001-33301

Exhibit

Filing Date
10.1 02/05/2018

Furnished
or Filed
Herewith

ARAY

10-Q

001-33301

10.2 02/05/2018

X
X

125

Exhibit
No.
32.1

Exhibit Description

Certification of Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension
Schema Document
101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension

Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension

Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label

Linkbase Document
101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension

Presentation Linkbase Document

Incorporated by Reference

Filer
(ARAY/
TOMO)

Form

File No.

Exhibit

Filing Date

Furnished
or Filed
Herewith
X

X
X

‡

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Portions of the exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted
information has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The certification attached as Exhibit 32.1 that accompanies this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not deemed filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Accuray
Incorporated under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, whether made before or after
the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such
filing. Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

Item 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

126

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned; thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
Sunnyvale, State of California, on the 24th day of August 2018.

SIGNATURES

ACCURAY INCORPORATED

By:

/s/ JOSHUA H. LEVINE
Joshua H. Levine
President and Chief Executive Officer
/s/ KEVIN M. WATERS
Kevin M. Waters
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below

constitutes and appoints Joshua H. Levine, Kevin M. Waters and Shigeyuki Hamamatsu, and each of them, as his
true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and
stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the
same, with all exhibits thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys- in- fact and agents, and any of them or
his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the

following and on the dates indicated.

Signature

/s/ JOSHUA H. LEVINE
Joshua H. Levine

/s/ KEVIN M. WATERS
Kevin M. Waters

Title

Date

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)

August 24, 2018

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer)

August 24, 2018

/s/ SHIGEYUKI HAMAMATSU
Shigeyuki Hamamatsu

Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ LOUIS J. LAVIGNE
Louis J. Lavigne, Jr.

/s/ ELIZABETH DÁVILA
Elizabeth Dávila

/s/ JACK GOLDSTEIN, PH.D.
Jack Goldstein, Ph.D.

/s/ BEVERLY A. HUSS
Beverly A. Huss

/s/ RICHARD R. PETTINGILL
Richard R. Pettingill

/s/ ROBERT S. WEISS
Robert S. Weiss

/s/ JOSEPH E. WHITTERS
Joseph E. Whitters

Chairperson of the Board and Director

Director

127

August 24, 2018

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

www.accuray.com

#ACCURAYPATIENTFIRST

UNITED STATES

ASIA

Accuray Corporate Headquarters
1310 Chesapeake Terrace
Sunnyvale, CA 94089
USA
Tel: +1.408.716.4600
Toll Free: 1.888.522.3740
Fax: +1.408.716.4601

Accuray Incorporated
1240 Deming Way
Madison, WI 53717
USA
Tel: +1.608.824.2800
Fax: +1.608.824.2996

Accuray Japan K.K.
Shin Otemachi Building 7F
2-2-1 Otemachi, Chiyoda-ku
Tokyo 100-0004
Japan
Tel: +81.3.6265.1526
Fax: +81.3.3272.6166

Accuray Asia Ltd.
Units 910-11, Ocean Centre
Harbour City
5 Canton Road, T.S.T
Hong Kong
Tel : +852.2247.8688
Fax : +852.2175.5799

Accuray Accelerator Technology
(Chengdu) Co., Ltd.
No. 8, Kexin Road
Hi-Tech Zone (West Area)
Chengdu
611731 Sichuan
China

EUROPE

Accuray International Sarl
Route de la Longeraie 9
CH – 1110 Morges
Switzerland
Tel: +41.21.545.9500
Fax: +41.21.545.9501

Most side effects of radiotherapy, including radiotherapy delivered with Accuray systems, are mild and temporary, often involving fatigue, nausea, and skin irritation. Side effects can be severe, however, leading to pain, alterations in normal body functions

(for example, urinary or salivary function), deterioration of quality of life, permanent injury, and even death. Side effects can occur during or shortly after radiation treatment or in the months and years following radiation. The nature and severity of side

effects depend on many factors, including the size and location of the treated tumor, the treatment technique (for example, the radiation dose), and the patient’s general medical condition, to name a few. For more details about the side effects of your

radiation therapy, and to see if treatment with an Accuray product is right for you, ask your doctor.